You are on page 1of 449

HEALTHCARE ReadeMeFirst

Imaging Services

How to print and add Comments

1 Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual

IMPORTANT:
This PDF manual is screen optimized – nevertheless it is possible to print single pages,
single chapters or the complete manual on paper size DIN A4 or Letter.
Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3/ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if available.

1.1 Printing single Pages or Chapters


To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:
(1) Click the bookmark of the desired chapter
(2) Write down or remember the shown page number
(3) Go the end of the section or desired range of pages
(4) Select "Print"
(5) Select the page range
(6) Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7) Select “OK”

NOTE:
“Reduce to printer margins” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
“shrink to printable area” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”

2007-05-10 printed in Germany


Document Node ID: 16099429
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare
ReadeMeFirst

1.2 Printing the complete Service Manual


To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:
(1) Select "Print"
(2) Select “All”
(3) Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(see NOTE previous page)
(4) Select “OK”

2 Adding Comments
• If this file is opened in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
• This allows to add comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.

2.1 How to export your Comments


(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List"

(2) Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selection.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 0 How to print and add Comments Page 2 of 3


2007-05-10 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadeMeFirst

(3) Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”


(4) Save the file with any name

2.2 How to import Comments


(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List"
(2) Select “Options - Import Comments”
(3) Browse for the comments file and press “select”

NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 0 How to print and add Comments Page 3 of 3


2007-05-10 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Technical
Imaging >
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS249.02E

*1VHC4M1* ADC Solo


Type 5155 / 100
1 Piece VHC4M MA1 Path Speed CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

2nd Edition
To order spare parts and Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 – 3760
spare part assortments: Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 – 7388

To order documentation: Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553


Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7271

Caution:

This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.

These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be


performed by qualified technical personnel.

Note:

Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified


electrician.

Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified


technician.

CE Declaration:

The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed


without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

AGFA-GEVAERT AG - HE/IMG-GSO / Information & Projects


Tegernseer Landstr. 161 D-81539 München

printed in Germany 11 / 2002


OVERVIEW Pictograms and conventions for this documentation
0. Order List This documentation uses certain conventions (pictograms, way of writing) for better
understanding and faster locating of the required information.
1. Controls, Connections and
Set Up Procedure Explanation of the pictograms

2. Functional Description High voltage ! Waiting time

3. Repair and Service


Attention ! Required tools
3.1 Machine specific safety and
repair information
3.2 Machine specific tools, software Removal
tools and auxiliary equipment Info
3.3 Troubleshooting
Installation
3.4 Electrical and mechanical
codes, fuses, LED's Hint
3.5 Replacement of parts Mechanical adjustment
3.6 Adjustments and calibrations Required spare part
3.7 Software menus, settings
Electrical adjustment
3.8 Software-Releases, Patches
3.9 Frequently Asked Questions Required time Calibration

4. Reference and Circuit


Diagrams

5. Spare Parts List

6. Accessories

7. Field Modifications

8. Manufacturing Standard Conventions


Modifications
Actions Way of writing Sample
9. Maintenance

Action, Switch the machine on Switch the machine on


10. Field Service Bulletins explanation

Action with the mouse or the <omni-cd.exe> Double-click the


11. Installation Planning "Return" key <omni-cd.exe> icon
1 2 3

Required text input via the vips Enter vips and click on
12. Glossary and Key Word Index keyboard <Continue>
Which Documentation
for which ADC System?

ADC
Compact
Digitizer

Type 5145

ADC Quality System


Type 4406/421

ADC
Solo
Digitizer
Type 5155

ADC
Compact Plus
Digitizer
Type 5146
Which Documentation
for which ADC System?

ADC
Compact
Digitizer

Type 5145

ADC Processing
Station
Type 4406/700

ADC
Solo
Digitizer
Type 5155
ADC Preview-
and ID Station
Type 4406/841

ADC Software
Installation
Type 4406/...

ADC
Compact Plus
Digitizer
Type 5146
Checklist for Completeness

ADC Solo
Type 5155/100/200/201
Please file this order list in your Service Manual in front of chapter 1.
Daily updated order lists are available in the MedNet.

• Order number for a complete Service Manual:

Edition Revision Order number Contents

2 9 DD+DIS249.02E Service Manual in Folder (all supplements integrated)

• Order numbers for separately available chapters of the Service Manual:

Edition Revision Order number Contents

2 0 DD+DIS250.02E Chapter 09:


Maintenance Instructions,
2 0 DD+DIS251.02E Chapter 11:
Installation Planning,
2 9 DD+DIS093.06M Chapter 05: Spare Parts List,
replaces DD+DIS159.04M

• Order numbers for CDs:


TRIO CD:

AGFATEK TRIO CD-ROM, contains machine specific


DD+TR-ADCS-02 training and machine specific service tools

• Access to MedNet GSO Library:

• Intranet: http://docs.agfanet/mednetcso-library
• ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
* to request an account to the MedNet GSO Library go to:
http://intra.agfanet/bu/mi/mednethelp.nsf/EN/gettingaccess.htm

• Inquiries : Phone + 49 89 6207 3949 Fax +49 89 6207 7274

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 9 ADC Solo Chapter 0 / 1
2006-06-21 (Type 5155/100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Checklist for Completeness

Checklist for Completeness


ADC Solo (Type 5155/100/200/201)
Verify latest level and completeness of your Service Manual by means of this checklist for completeness.
Only the document numbers listed here are valid. Discard documents with different numbers if necessary.
Chapter Edition Revision Order number / Designation Pages
0 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E Cover sheet and list of contents (A3)
2 9 Order list 0/1
2 9 Checklist for completeness 0/2-3
2 9 History of supplements 0/4-6
2 2 Service Documentation for INITIA System Cover sheet, Page I-II, Page 1-26
DD+DIS025.03E
1 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 1/I-1/II, 1/1-1/21
2 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 2/I, 2/1-2/39
3.1 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 3.1/I, 3.1/1-3.1/5
3.2 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 3.2/I, 3.2/1-3.2/7
3.3 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 3.3/I, 3.3/1-3.3/9
3.4 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 3.4/I, 3.4/1-3.4/4
3.5 2 8 DD+DIS104.05E 3.5/I-II, 3.5/1-3.5/47
3.6 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 3.6/I, 3.6/1-3.6/14
3.7 - - Intentionally left blank -
3.8 2 4 DD+DIS349.03E 3.8/I, 3.8/1-3.8/8
4 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 4/I-II, 4/1-4/23
F1.5155.4003.0 Sheets 1 – 7.
5 2 9 DD+DIS093.06M Cover sheet (A3) 05/I – 05/II
05/3 – 05/65
6 2 0 DD+DIS256.02E Cover sheet, 6/I; 6/1-6/7..
7 2 7 DD+DIS024.05E Chapter - Contents
2 0 DD+DIS274.02E Cover sheet, 7/I; 7/1-7/9
2 1 DD+DIS304.02E Cover sheet, 7/I; 7/1-7/7
2 3 DD+DIS210.03E Cover sheet, 7/I; 7/1-7/8
2 6 DD+DIS319.04E Cover sheet, 7/I; 7/1-7/7
2 7 DD+DIS024.04E Cover sheet, 7/I; 7/1-7/7
8 2 4 DD+DIS349.03E 8/I, 8/1-8/3
9 2 0 DD+DIS250.02E Cover sheet, 9/I-9/II, 9/1-9/16
Checklist page1-3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 0 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 9
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155/100/200/201) 2006-06-21
Checklist for Completeness

Chapter Edition Revision Order number / Designation Pages


10 2 MSB 54 DD+DIS109.06E 10/1-10/4
2 SB 53 DD+DIS106.06E 10/1-10/4
2 FSB 52 DD+DIS123.05E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 51 DD+DIS134.05E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 50 DD+DIS070.05E 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 49 DD+DIS031.05E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 48 DD+DIS005.05E(obsolete) 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 47 DD+DIS457.04E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 46 DD+DIS456.04E(obsolete) 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 45 DD+DIS318.04E(obsolete) 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 44 DD+DIS203.04E(obsolete) 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 43 DD+DIS169.04E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 42 DD+DIS078.04E(obsolete) 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 41 DD+DIS015.04E 10/1-10/4
2 FSB 40 DD+DIS001.04E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 39 DD+DIS220.03E 10/1
2 FSB 38 DD+DIS221.03E 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 37 DD+DIS209.03E 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 36 DD+DIS172.03E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 35 DD+DIS131.03E 10/1
2 FSB 34 DD+DIS138.03E 10/1-10/2
2 FSB 33 DD+DIS081.03E 10/1
2 FSB 32 DD+DIS072.03E 10/1
2 FSB 31 DD+DIS058.03E 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 30 DD+DIS303.02E 10/1-10/3
2 FSB 29 DD+DIS321.02E 10/1
2 FSB 28 DD+DIS165.02E 10/1
2 FSB 27 DD+DIS317.02E 10/1-10/2
11 2 0 DD+DIS251.02E Cover sheet, 11/I-11/II, 11/1-11/14..
12 2 0 DD+DIS249.02E 12/1-12/8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 9 ADC Solo Chapter 0 / 3
2006-06-21 (Type 5155/100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
History of Supplements

• List of separately available supplements:

Edition Revision Order number Contents

2 0 DD+DIS255.02M Chapter 05:


Spare Parts List, Internal Version 4
2 1 DD+DIS304.02E Chapter 7:
Installation Instructions for Software SOL_2003
2 2 DD+DIS213.03E Service Documentation for the INITIA system
(document number DD+DIS025.03E)
2 3 DD+DIS210.03E Chapter 7:
Installation Instructions for Software SOL_2101
2 4 DD+DIS349.03E Chapter 3.8: Release Info for recent software versions
Chapter 8: Overview of modifications
2 5 DD+DIS159.04M Chapter 05: Spare Parts List, Internal Update 5
Replaces DD+DIS255.02M
2 6 DD+DIS319.04E Chapter 7:
Installation Instructions for Software SOL_2203
2 7 DD+DIS024.05E Chapter 7:
Installation Instructions for Software SOL_2205
2 8 DD+DIS104.05E Chapter 3.5:
New procedure for replacing the Galvo Replacement
Assembly due to changed spare part
2 9 DD+DIS093.06M Chapter 05: Spare Parts List, Replaces
DD+DIS159.04M

• List of Service Bulletins:


The following SBs are still valid and can be ordered:

SB Order number Contents

No. 27 DD+DIS317.02E Launch of MD40 Image Plates


No. 28 DD+DIS165.02E Sporadic Errors caused by 5fold Stepper Motor Board
No. 29 DD+DIS321.02E O-Ring in micro filter gets porous and may cause
vacuum problems
No. 30 DD+DIS303.02E Software SOL_2003 available
No. 31 DD+DIS058.03E Apply insulating tape and install SOL_2003 to avoid
errors 2247C and 22481
No. 32 DD+DIS072.03E Contact of Relay at Erasure Control Board may cause
Errors
No. 33 DD+DIS081.03E Error 0006 appears due to electrostatic discharge
No. 34 DD+DIS138.03E Modified suction cups introduced

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 0 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 9
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155/100/200/201) 2006-06-21
History of Supplements

FSB Order number Contents

No. 35 DD+DIS131.03E Sub-type parameter not set correctly


No. 36 DD+DIS172.03E Communication Errors in Context with Direct ID /
Precheck Function
No. 37 DD+DIS209.03E New Software Version SOL_2101 available
No. 38 DD+DIS221.03E BER-boards with multiple MAC-addresses delivered
No. 39 DD+DIS220.03E Error message 20E04
No. 40 DD+DIS001.04E Modified Pump Bracket in IP-Transport Unit improves
Electrostatic Behavior
No. 41 DD+DIS015.04E Conversion from INITIA CR1000 to ADC Solo
No. 43 DD+DIS169.04E Reviewed Solution for Error 22246 displayed after
Upgrade to SOL_2003
No. 47 DD+DIS457.04E “Hold” Flag always set with Software
Version SOL_2203
No. 49 DD+DIS035.01E Error 20E12 appears during Installation of
Photomultiplier (PMT) with a mfb-value ≥ 0.35
No. 50 DD+DIS070.05E Different Spare Part number for Galvo Replacement
Assembly for ADC Solo compared to ADC Compact
No. 51 DD+DIS134.05E Galvanometer (CM+ 9 5145 2040 X) defined as
Inspection Part
No. 52 DD+DIS123.05E Changes in Maintenance Kit and Maintenance
Frequency
No. 53 DD+DIS106.06E Digitizer stops and reports error 20506: “no laser
power” after replacement of power supply
(Revision 0 has been replaced by revision 1)
No. 54 DD+DIS109.06E Corrupted Images require an Update of Digitizer
Software to Version SOL_2205

The following SBs are no longer valid (integrated in the chapters of the Service Manual, or technically obsolete):

SB Order number Contents

No. 1 DD+DIS125.99E Year 2000 compliance I (replaced by DD+DIS230.99E)


No. 2 DD+DIS230.99E Year 2000 readiness of ADC Systems (obsolete)
No. 3 DD+DIS247.99E Year 2000 readiness of ADC Systems (replaces
DD+DIS230.99E)
No. 4 DD+DIS263.99E SW SOL_1108 + Patch SOLB1108 available now
No. 5 DD+DIS283.99E Galvo with lubricated ball bearing
No. 6 DD+DIS001.00E VIPS1005 and VIPS1009 – Filtering on identification
date does not display images in the thumbnail browser
No. 7 DD+DIS050.00E Opener Spring at the side wall of the cassette unit
No. 8 DD+DIS082.00E New language floppy COPL1102
No. 9 DD+DIS119.00E Suction Cups do not release IP

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 9 ADC Solo Chapter 0 / 5
2006-06-21 (Type 5155/100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
History of Supplements

The following SBs are no longer valid (integrated in the chapters of the Service Manual, or technically obsolete):

No. 10 DD+DIS121.00E IP jam in scan unit


No. 11 DD+DIS122.00E Display of digitizer claims „empty cassette“
No. 12 DD+DIS211.00E SW patch SOLF1108; Modification Kit Discharge
Brush; Problems with SMB at position GS202
No. 13 DD+DIS291.00E Damage of large cassettes when being removed from
digitizer
No. 14 DD+DIS355.00E Software Patch SOLG1108 available now
No. 15 DD+DIS108.01E Laser Diodes with wrongly connected wires at Peltier
Element
No. 16 DD+DIS082.01E Error Message 247a7 (247AA from SOL_1213 on),
“IP-jam in scanner” occurs frequently
No. 17 DD+DIS223.01E ADC Cassettes for Mammo and Asymmetric Scanning
introduced
No. 18 DD+DIS224.01E Newly designed Energy Chain of Cassette Unit
introduced
No. 19 DD+DIS255.01E New Hard disk introduced
No. 20 DD+DIS280.01E New software patch SOLB1302
No. 21 DD+DIS070.02E SW SOLB1302 available on MedNet
No. 22 DD+DIS166.02E Replacement of broken light barrier flag at cassette
opener
No. 23 DD+DIS168.02E Errors due to defective R/F tag reader
No. 24 DD+DIS141.02E Software SOL_1407 available
No. 25 DD+DIS217.02E Modification kit “C-clips protection and discharge plate”
No. 26 DD+DIS238.02E Replacement of Standard Scanner by Advanced
Scanner
No. 42 DD+DIS078.04E Corrupted images in combination with errors 20604,
20605, 2060B
No. 44 DD+DIS203.04E Safety FSB: Corrupted Images
No. 45 DD+DIS318.04E New Software Version SOL_2203 solving problem of
corrupted images available
No. 46 DD+DIS456.04E Corrupted images together with Software
Version SOL_2203
No. 48 DD+DIS005.05E New Software Version SOL_2205 available

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 0 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 9
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155/100/200/201) 2006-06-21
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

Chapter 1:

List of contents

1 Safety.............................................................................1
1.1 General Safety Instructions...........................................................1
1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products ......................................2
1.3 Safety Regulations...........................................................................2

2 Preparations before Installation................................4


2.1 Inspection of Packing......................................................................4
2.2 Unpacking the Components..........................................................5
2.3 Checking the Scope of Delivery ...................................................5
2.4 Removing the Shipping Brackets ................................................6

3 Controls and Connections .........................................7

4 Operation Terminal......................................................8

5 Preparations for the Installation................................9


5.1 Preconditions ....................................................................................9
5.2 Required Service Programs ....................................................... 10
5.2.1 CCM-Tool (Configuration and Customization Management tool) ......10
5.2.2 Error message program ......................................................................10

6 Installation of Digitizer ..............................................11


6.1 Electric connection ....................................................................... 11
6.1.1 Connecting the Mains Cable...............................................................11
6.2 Start-up of the Digitizer................................................................ 12
6.2.1 Integrating the digitizer into an independent, pure ADC network.......12
6.2.2 Integrating the digitizer into an existing network.................................13
6.3 System Integration........................................................................ 13
6.4 Make a backup of the machine specific data......................... 14

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

7 Concluding the Installation ..................................... 15


7.1 Check the technical Image Quality of the System ................15
7.1.1 Exposure and Evaluation of a Flatfield............................................... 15
7.1.2 Evaluation Criteria............................................................................... 17
7.2 Last Steps ........................................................................................17

8 Installation of other ADC System Components ... 18

9 Checklist for Installation / Machine Start –up ...... 19

Chapter 1 / II ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

The Installation Checklist in section 9 of this chapter gives an overview of all


steps and guides through the complete installation process.

1 Safety

1.1 General Safety Instructions


• The ADC Solo has been designed for scanning medical X-ray image
plates and should only be used for these purposes.
• The ADC Solo must only be operated by qualified staff trained on the
machine.
• Make sure that the ADC Solo is constantly monitored in order to avoid
inappropriate handling, especially by children.
• Only trained service personnel must make repairs. Only authorized
service personnel must make changes to the ADC Solo.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing, do not start nor use
the ADC Solo.
• If you want to connect the ADC Solo with other devices, components or
assemblies and if the technical data do not permit determining whether the
combination with these devices, components or assemblies involves
hazards, you must consult the respective manufacturers to avoid danger
for operating personnel or the environment.
• Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
• Switch off the ADC Solo before performing any maintenance work or
repairs. Disconnect the ADC Solo from the mains before making repairs or
performing any maintenance activities.
• As is the case for all technical devices, the ADC Solo must be operated,
cared for and serviced correctly.
• If you don't operate the ADC Solo correctly or if you don't have it serviced
correctly, Agfa-Gevaert is not liable for resulting disturbances, damages or
injuries.
• When installing the ADC Solo, care must be taken to ensure that there is
either a mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device in the internal
installation fitted near the ADC Solo and that it is easily accessible.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the ADC Solo
immediately.
• Check that the voltage setting of the machine matches the power supply
voltage before connecting the machine to the mains.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products


The ADC Solo is a classification class 1 Laser Product, that makes use of a
35mW laser diode in a housing.
In normal operating conditions, when both panels are closed, there can't be
any laser radiation outside the unit. It is nevertheless imperative that the local
radiation safety regulations regarding the protection of staff against scattered
radiation are complied with, if the Digitizer is located in the immediate vicinity
of an X-ray room.
For laser safety, only open up the right panel as described in the user
manual to solve possible cassette or image plate jams. When the panel is
removed, the main power supply is automatically disconnected to prevent
laser radiation.
Do not open the unit and put in the service key in the interlocks , if any
parts of the laser unit are uncovered.

User interventions other than those described in this manual can be


WARNING
hazardous with regard to laser radiation.

1.3 Safety Regulations


Important Note According to IEC 60601 / VDE 0750 Part 1, this equipment is not classified as
a "medical electrical equipment.

Certificates

The Digitizer is tested in compliance with


• EN 60950 / IEC 950
• EN 60825 - 1 :1996
• UL 1950
• CSA 22.2 No. 950
• TÜV Product Service Approval Certificate

LISTED
Info. Tech.
Equip.
156E

Chapter 1 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

The Digitizer is in compliance with EG regulation 93/42/EEC


(Medical directive)

Radio Interference Suppression


• It is hereby certified that the Digitizer has interference suppression
according to EN 55011 Class B as well as FCC Rules CR47 Part 15 Class
A (North-America).

Warning

This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and
if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may
cause interference to radio communication.
It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are
designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when
operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in
an residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user at
his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be
required to correct the interference.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

2 Preparations before Installation

2.1 Inspection of Packing


The following actions should be taken upon delivery of the system
components, preferably by the customer:
• Completeness check of the shipment by means of the packing list (number
of pallets)
• Comparison of the labels on the boxes with the customer's order list and
the shipping papers.
• Checking of the packing material for visible transport damage such as
- dented edges
- damage on the box
- torn fixing elements (metal straps, screws)
In case of damage visible from the outside turn to your local AGFA
representative.
• Checking of the attached safety indicators on the packing boxes.

Figure 1
If the machine was tilted, the If the machine was subjected to
arrow head in the circle of shocks, the square field in the middle
the TILTWATCH changes of the SHOCKWATCH changes from
from white to red. white to red.

Chapter 1 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

2.2 Unpacking the Components


The following actions must be taken by the forwarder upon delivery of the
system components.
• Remove the outer packing material.
The individual boxes inside must not be opened by the forwarder.
• Take out the accessories or boxes and store them in a safe place.
• Take the machine off the pallet and transport it to the installation site.
• Dispose the packing material.

For unpacking and lifting the machine off the pallet, an area of minimal 200 x
350 cm is required. If the available space at the installation site is limited, the
machine can be unpacked beforehand and rolled to the installation site.

2.3 Checking the Scope of Delivery


The following actions have to be done by the FSE (Field Service Engineer)
at the customer site.
• Check the scope of delivery:
Compare the inventory of every component with the packing list which
specifies the complete scope of delivery.
Pieces Description
1 Digitizer
1 Installation Instructions
1 Installation Report
1 User Manual
1 Reference Manual
1 Certificates
1 Test Image CD
2 Mains Cable (1x US- connector, 1x Euro-DIN connector)
1 UTP network cable (2xRJ45 connection)
1 CU-Filter
6 floppy disk (3x Release floppy, 1x Hard Disk Formatter floppy, 1x
Backup floppy, 1x Language floppy)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

2.4 Removing the Shipping Brackets


Remove all cushioning parts and transport safeguards prior to first operation.

1 2

7 9
5

5155_ 8
reg01
_ 003.cd 6
r

Figure 2

Cut and remove all cable ties (7 pieces; red) attached to the transport
safeguards 1 - 4 and 7.

1 Swing the metal safeguard 7 Turn the metal bar upwards approx.
forward and remove it. 45° and pull it out.
2 No further measures required. 8 Remove the foam block from the disk
holder.
3 Lift the foam strip and remove it. 9 Swing out the VME – Rack. Remove
4 the foam part.
Lift the foam strip and remove it.
5 Swing the foam block aside and The foam part is hidden behind
remove it. the VME – rack and can not be
6 seen from outside !
Lift and remove the two foam
wedges

Chapter 1 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

3 Controls and Connections

7 5155_reg01_001.cdr

VDE

UL

Figure 3

1. Line switch Digitizer


2. Port (RS 232 - 25-pin D connector, female D) for the Service PC (behind the
front door)
3. Status indicator
4. Emergency buttons
5. Network connection board (thin ethernet, unshielded twisted pair)
6. Voltage adaptation switch
7. Mains cable VDE/UL

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

4 Operation Terminal

5155_reg01_002.cdr

Figure 4

Display Functions
The key operator level is intended to be used by the normal operator. He uses
the system only to produce diagnostic usable images without the requirement
for special technical skill or background.
Key Function Key Function

• Gives an image the status of • Starts erasing images without


emergency when sending it to the scanning them
VIPS / ADC QS
• Provides access to advanced key- • Gives access to service level
operator functions functions
• Exits the service level
• Quits the current function, exits a • confirms the keyboarded input
menu without saving modifications • in case of some non-fatal errors,
• Exit from key-operator mode and confirms that you have noticed this
service level state
• proceeds with the Digitizer
operation when "LOCKED"
condition has occurred.
• moves the cursor one position up • moves the cursor one position
to previous edit field down to next edit field
• scrolls upwards or increments • scrolls downwards or decrements
digits in a numeric entry field digits in a numeric entry field
• Scrolls backwards through • Scrolls backwards through multiple
multiple choices within a field choices within a field
• moves the entry position in a • moves to entry position in a
numerical field in descending numerical field in ascending order
order (from right digit to left digit) (from left digit to right digit) and
and toggles between values in a toggles between values within a
field field.

Chapter 1 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

5 Preparations for the Installation

5.1 Preconditions

The following work has to be performed before the system components are
installed:
- the digitizer is unpacked at its installation site
- finished preinstallation (network connection, electric installations)
- Creation and adaptation of the configuration file adc.cpf, together with the
application specialist.
It is recommended to create and adapt the configuration file adc.cpf, which
is used by all ADC Components, before starting the installation. This
allows a smooth installation.

You have to distinguish between the integration into an independent, pure


ADC Solo Network (1digitizer, 1 Processing station, 1 Preview/ID station)
and the integration into an existing network. When integrating the digitizer
into an existing network, it is necessary to create a CPF– file beforehand
(see chapter 11, Installation Planning, checklist). With a pure ADC Solo
Network the shipment configuration can be used.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

5.2 Required Service Programs


The following Software has to be installed on:
- your Service PC or
- the PC of the ID / Preview -Station.

5.2.1 CCM-Tool (Configuration and Customization Management tool)


The CCM - Tool is available on MedNet:
GSO Library/Computed Radiology/ADC System Components/CSO Freeware

The CCM - Tool is needed to create and modify the configuration file (adc.cpf)
for the digitizer.

If there is already a previous version installed on your Service PC,


please remove the complete directory as well as the icons.

Installation: install by executing "setup.exe"

The CCM Tool will be


installed in directory
"IMOS" or any directory of
your choice.

For detailed information on the installation of the CCM – tool,


see ADC System Components, Technical Documentation, DD+DIS198.00E,
chapter 6.2.

5.2.2 Error message program


The "SHOW ERROR PROGRAM" with the "ERROR.MSG file" translates the
ADC Solo error codes into clear text.
The "SHOW ERROR PROGRAM" is a part of IMOS, the "ERROR.MSG file" is
loaded in the Digitizer.

Chapter 1 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

6 Installation of Digitizer

6.1 Electric connection


The digitizer has a voltage selector at its rear side . Voltage adaptation has
to be checked prior to first operation.
If the voltage adaptation is not correct, take a screw driver and turn the
switch (1) to the right position.

dr
Voltage selector 5_r e
g11_
0 07.c
515
Voltage can be 1
adapted to 100 / 120 /
230-240 V.
The default setting is
230-240 V

Figure 5

6.1.1 Connecting the Mains Cable


Two mains cables are included as standard delivery:
• USA/Japan: Nema 6-15P; (UL)
• Europe: CEE(7)VII 250 V/16 A; (VDE)

Mains connection
• Remove the yellow
sticker from the mains CHECK POWER
SELECTION BEFORE
socket of the machine CONNECTING TO MAINS

only after having


5155_reg01_004.cdr

checked the voltage


adjustment (see
Figure 6).
• Connect the correct
mains cable to the
machine and to the
power supply. Figure 6

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 11


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

6.2 Start-up of the Digitizer

The Digitizer must not be connected to a network during the start-up


process.

• Switch on the digitizer.


• Check the operation terminal during the initialization.
While booting for the first time, the message “Installation not yet
confirmed” appears.
Confirm with ü.
• After a successful start-up "ready" appears.
• Check/adjust date and time in key operator mode.
• Choose terminal language in the service menu “Configure – User
terminal language”.
• Store the modified machine-specific data.
• Open the service menu “Maintenance – test cycle without scan” and
check the function of cassette- and plate operation with the machine open.
Each size should run at least one time.
• Erase all image plates.

End of the mechanical part of start-up. Proceed with 6.2.1 or 6.2.2

6.2.1 Integrating the digitizer into an independent, pure ADC network

A pure ADC network consists of:


- 1 digitizer
- 1 Processing station (alternatively 1 ADC QS server station)
- 1 Preview/ID station

In this case the ex factory settings for the ip- address (adcs1 192.9.200.199)
are being used.
A new configuration of the machine is not required.

Measures:
• Switch off the digitizer
• Connect the digitizer to the Ethernet
• Switch on the digitizer

End of network integration. Proceed with 6.3.

Chapter 1 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

6.2.2 Integrating the digitizer into an existing network

In this case the ip-address has to be adapted to the existing network. This
happens by means of the CPF – file created beforehand.

Measures:
• Load the adapted configuration file”adc.cpf” (see 5.2.1):
- insert the disk with the configuration file
- select <Install from floppy>
<CPF-File>
• Choose a name suggested on the LCD
• Store the modified machine-specific data
• Switch off the digitizer
• Connect ADC Solo to the Ethernet
• Switch on the digitizer

The digitizer is now integrated to the network

6.3 System Integration


Precondition
The destinations, i.e. Processing stations, intended for the digitizer, have to be
put into operation and must be obtainable via Ethernet.

Measures:
• Check whether the Processing station(s) is/are obtainable.
Service menu: “Checks – Check destinations”
• Send a test image to the Processing station(s)
Key operator menu “Send test image”
• Check the function of the emergency buttons. As a precondition the
emergency buttons must have been programmed via CPF. Standard CPF
includes entries about the emergency buttons. If a new CPF has been
created ,corresponding entries have to be present.

End of system integration

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 13


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

6.4 Make a backup of the machine specific data


• insert an existing backup floppy or a new formatted floppy
• start the service program
• select <save on floppy>
<Machine specific data>
• start the backup procedure
• label the floppy as follows:

Figure 7

A new backup is not compatible with older software!

Chapter 1 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

7 Concluding the Installation

7.1 Check the technical Image Quality of the System


The hard disk of the digitizer contains three samples showing the minimal
required image quality (2x flatfield, 1x testsheet).

One testsheet for quality comparison and two flatfields (Banding, Calibration)
can be sent to a printer via Service-Menu
<CHECKS>
<SEND FLATFIELD>
<SEND TESTSHEET>

Compare the samples with the images created by yourself.

7.1.1 Exposure of a Flatfield


• Expose a gray field (flatfield) and evaluate the image on the Processing
Station and the Laser printer.
Criteria: homogenous field, stripes etc.
• Have a new plate of every format exposed twice as follows:
Rotating
Anode x-ray tube
Cathode

5155_reg01_006.cdr

Figure 8

For exposure place the cassette in length direction to the X-ray tube see figure
above.

- 1st exposure: Dose: 10µGy


7.5 mAs-77kV-1.3 m distance,1.5 mm Cu filter
- Turn cassette through 180°.
- 2nd exposure: parameters as in 1st exposure.

Use a dosimeter to measure the dose!

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 15


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

• Identify the cassette on the ID Station as follows:

Figure 9

-select in the field Examination: <system diagnosis>


-select in the field Sub-examination:<Flat field>
-confirm the Exposure class: <200>

• Insert the cassette into the Digitizer. Print the image on a printer with a
window setting of 0.6 without changing the level setting on the Processing
Station.
• Check plates for running askew with a test sheet.

Chapter 1 / 16 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

7.1.2 Evaluation of a Flatfield

Banding Fine white or gray lines in fast-scan direction


Aim: No lines visible or effect revealed less than on sample
Quality less than sample: Contact Support center

Calibration / Dark lines or stripes in slow scan direction


Shading Calibration
Aim: No lines visible or effect revealed less than on sample
Quality less than sample: Check / adjust the position of the laser beam via
the fiber optics Expose a new flatfield and compare it with the sample.
Quality still less than sample: New calibration - Expose a new flatfield and
compare it with the sample.
Quality still less than sample: Contact Support center

NOTE: Fine white or gray lines can also appear, if there is dust on the
scanner - use the scan-brush for cleaning the scanner.

7.2 Last Steps


• Dispose of all packing material. (depending on the country, by the
forwarding agent or by the hospital).
• Complete the Installation Report (enclosed to every device) for all system
components and forward it to the regional CSO Manager.
• Fill in the enclosed form "Site and System Data" and send it to MI CSO, if
not done yet.
• Hand over the ADC System to the application specialist.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 17


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

8 Installation of other ADC System Components

For detailed information on the installation of other ADC System


Components like Processing Station or ID –Station, see:
ADC System Components, DD+DIS198.00E, Chapter 3.

Chapter 1 / 18 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

9 Checklist for Installation / Machine Start –up


No. Step Task Code OK

Before Installation
(1) Confirm installation prerequisites INS r
(2) Check consignment of all devices for damage and INS r
completeness
PRID-Station Installation and Start-up
(3) Position PC and ID-tablet INS r
(4) Connect power cords, monitor, keyboard and INS r
mouse
(5) Connect ID-tablet (RS232 serial connection to PC INS r
and power cord).
(6) Set in Windows NT: regional settings INS r
(7) Set in Windows NT: time and date INS r
(8) Set in Windows NT: network settings INS r
(9) When first time starting the PRID application: fill in INS r
the site data screen
(10) Load the cpf-file INS r
(11) Connect the PC to the network INS r
(12) Reboot the PC and start the PRID application INS r
again
(13) Do a few test identifications INS r
(14) Reset Infocounters INS r
(15) Repeat step 1 – 13 for each PRID-Station INS r
(16) Check initialization of all cassettes; if required re- INS r
initialize them
Processing Station installation and start-up
(17) Unpack, check consignment for damage and INS r
completeness
(18) Position Processing Station INS r
(19) Connect power cords, monitor, keyboard, mouse, INS r
and optional devices (image disks, UPS, DAT-
Drive)
(20) When first booting: fill in the site data screen INS r
(21) For VIPS: Load in Maintenance Menu: cpf-file INS r
For ADC QS: Open Configuration Viewer / File /
Import cpf

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 19


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures DD+DIS249.02E

No. Step Task Code OK

(22) For VIPS: Set in Maintenance Menu: network INS r


settings
For ADC QS: Set network settings in WinNT /
Settings / Control Panel
(23) Connect Processing Station to the network INS r
(24) Check basic functions like receiving, printing INS r
sending, viewing images
(25) Reset Infocounters INS r
(26) Create a site specific backup INS r
Digitizer Installation and Start-up
(27) Remove shipping brackets and install base plate INS r
(28) Connect the power cord INS r
(29) When first booting: Confirm installation with OK INS r
(30) Check date and time in key operator mode INS r
(31) Choose terminal language in service menu INS r
(32) Make a backup of the machine specific data INS r
(33) Check the mechanic components INS r
Perform a "Handling Cycle" to check the function
of IPs and cassettes
(34) Erase all image plates INS r
(35) Network Integration INS r
load the adapted configuration file adc.cpf
select a station name for the digitizer from the
display
make a backup of the machine specific data
connect the digitizer to the Ethernet
(36) System Integration INS r
- check whether the Processing Station is
obtainable:
<Checks> <Check destinations>;
- send a test image to Processing Station: "Send
test image" in key operator menu

Chapter 1 / 20 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures

No. Step Task Code OK

(37) Check the image quality INS r


send flatfield and testsheet to a printer:
<Checks> <Send flatfield>
<Send testsheet>
expose two flatfields (calibration and banding)
print flatfields (calibration and banding),
compare and evaluate the printouts

(38) Check "Fast Preview" option, if activated

ADC – entire system


(39) Perform system test with practical exposures INS r
(40) Hand over the ADC system to the application INS r
manager
(41) Fill in the form "Site and System Data" and send it INS r
to MICSO
(42) Send the completed "Installation Reports" to the INS r
regional CSO manager
Remote Access
(43) Make connection to Service Host INS r

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 1 / 21


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

Chapter 2

List of contents

1 Digitizer as a part of the ADC System ......................1


1.1 ADC System Components .............................................................1
1.2 Standard Work Flow of the ADC System ...................................3
1.3 Direct ID and Emergency Mode - Work Flow of the ADC
System.................................................................................................4

2 ADC Cassettes .............................................................6


2.1 Standard Cassette............................................................................6
2.2 ADC MD30 Image Plate Principle .................................................7
2.3 Mammography Cassette.................................................................7
2.4 Asymmetric Cassette ......................................................................8

3 Modular Structure of the Digitizer.............................9


3.1 Overview of Modules.......................................................................9
3.2 Cassette Unit .................................................................................. 10
3.3 Transport Unit ................................................................................ 11
3.4 Scan Unit ......................................................................................... 12
3.4.1 Laser Diode .........................................................................................14
3.4.2 Galvanometer......................................................................................14
3.4.3 Photomultiplier (PM) ............................................................................15
3.5 Erasure Unit .................................................................................... 17
3.6 VME-Rack ........................................................................................ 18
3.6.1 CPU Gemini complete.........................................................................19
3.6.2 VME Adapter Board ............................................................................20
3.6.3 Scan Acquisition Board (SAB) ............................................................21
3.6.4 Scan Control Board (SCB)..................................................................22
3.6.5 Hard disk..............................................................................................23
3.7 Power Unit....................................................................................... 24
3.7.1 Power Integration Board......................................................................25

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

4 Cycle of a Cassette in the Digitizer ........................ 26


4.1 Cassette Unit...................................................................................26
4.1.1 Starting Machine Cycle by inserting a Cassette ................................ 26
4.1.2 Identification of the Cassette .............................................................. 26
4.1.3 Lowering and Clamping the Cassette and reading the ID-Data ........ 27
4.1.4 Opening the Cassette......................................................................... 27
4.2 Transport Unit.................................................................................28
4.2.1 Sucking the IP ..................................................................................... 28
4.2.2 Taking IP out of the Cassette and transporting IP to the Scan Unit .. 28
4.3 Scan Unit..........................................................................................29
4.3.1 Positioning the IP relative to Scan Unit .............................................. 29
4.3.2 Stimulation and Scanning the IP (Optical Path)................................. 30
4.4 Erasure Unit.....................................................................................30
4.4.1 Unloading IP from Scan Unit and transport to Erasure Unit .............. 30
4.5 Cassette Unit...................................................................................31
4.5.1 Putting IP back into Cassette ............................................................. 31
4.5.2 Putting Cassette out of Digitizer ......................................................... 32
5 Software Architecture .............................................. 33
5.1 Checks..............................................................................................33
5.2 Web Pages.......................................................................................33
5.3 Hardware Modification Floppy of Spare Part .........................33

6 Signal and Data Flow ............................................... 35


6.1 Signal Flow ......................................................................................35
6.2 Data Flow .........................................................................................37
6.3 FLDXXXXX Directories .................................................................38

7 Calibration Principle................................................. 39
7.1 Shading Calibration.......................................................................39

Chapter 2 / II ADC Solo Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

1 Digitizer as a part of the ADC System


1.1 ADC System Components

ADC Cassette with image plate inside


The ADC cassette is the “container” for the image plate. During the handling
outside the Digitizer (e.g. exposing the plate) the image plate is in the
cassette. It is only opened inside the Digitizer. The ADC cassette has an
internal chip card which holds the cassette, patient, examination and routing
data belonging to a certain X-ray exposure. The data put together are called
demographic data.
The image plate takes the place of the X-ray film in a conventional system. It
receives the X-Ray radiation and “stores” a latent image. The image plates
can be reused thousands of times. The actual restriction of utilization is the
mechanical robustness.

ADC Identification Station


The Identification Station is used to write the cassette, patient, examination
and routing data to the cassette chip. This data can be entered manually or
by retrieving the data from a Hospital or Radiology Information System
(HIS/RIS).
By means of a so called Identification Tablet (ID-Tablet) the data is
transferred to the chip. Writing and reading is done by means of radio
frequency in a contact less manner.
The Identification software is an AGFA product and is running on MS-
Windows based operating systems (WIN95/98, WinNT4.0).

ADC Digitizers (Compact Plus / Compact / Solo)


The Digitizer is used to read the latent image in the image plate. After the
ADC cassette is exposed and identified it is inserted into the Digitizer. The
Digitizer reads the data on the cassette chip, opens the cassette, takes out
the image plate and scans it. The latent image on the image plate is
stimulated by means of a laser beam to emit light according to X-ray
exposure.
The data from the cassette chip is used to set the scan parameters correctly
(e.g. speed class, image plate size, etc.) for this individual X-ray exposure.
The emitted light is converted into voltage and then digitalized into a
12/14bit, square root compressed raw image. This image is transmitted
together with the chip data on the fly via Ethernet to the Processing Station.
A backup of that image is made on the internal hard disk in parallel to
retransmit the image in case of transmission problems. The output format of
the Digitizer is DICOM SCU-CR.
After scanning / transmitting is finished the image plate is erased with very
bright light to make it ready for the next exposure. It is put back into the
cassette and a status flag on the cassette chip is set from “EXPOSED” to
“ERASED”. The cassette is returned to the user and is ready for the next
examination.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

ADC Processing Station


The Processing Station receives the raw image from the Digitizer. Every
incoming image runs through an image processing. The processed images
are stored on the internal hard disk(s) on the Processing Station.
However, the Processing Station only provides short term storage. The final
archiving must be realized either by hardcopies or a PACS.
Further on, the Processing Station decodes the routing data and sends the
image data to the selected destinations (e.g. Preview, Printer, PACS). The
Preview Station has the highest priority in the sending list.
A Softcopy can be sent to an Archive or Review Station with 8 or 12 bit. To
print a Hardcopy a 8 bit format is used.
For the Processing Station a lot of licensed software options (e.g. Interactive
Image Processing, Annotation, Smart Print, etc.) exist.
The Processing Station is a Solaris (UNIX- OS) based SUN workstation with
the Medical Image Management Operating System of AGFA (MIMOSA)
installed.

ADC QS Server Station


The ADC QS (Quality System) Server Station is a NT-based Processing
Station with the ADC Quality-System software installed.

ADC Preview Station


The Preview Station software is not a mandatory part of the system.
However, in most of the installations this feature is used to get a fast view on
the just scanned image, therefore the Processing Station is sending a 8 bit
preview image to the Preview Station. This allows the user to release the
patient rather quickly from the examination session.
Several Preview Stations can be served by one Processing Station. The
Preview Station software may run on the same PC-Hardware as the
Identification Station software, but it may also run on a separate PC.
The Preview software is an AGFA product and runs on MS-Windows based
operating systems (WIN95/98, WinNT4.0).

ADC QS Client Station


The ADC QS (Quality System) Client Station allows identification and basic
viewing.

Chapter 2 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

1.2 Standard Work Flow of the ADC System

X-Ray device

ID-Station

ADC Cassette
with image
plate inside
ID-Data

Digitizer

ID-andImage
Data
Processing
Station

Preview
Station

Archive or Review
Station
Printer
5155_reg02_001.cdr
Figure 1

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

1.3 Direct ID and Emergency Mode - Work Flow of the ADC System

X-Ray device

ADC Cassette
with image
plate inside

Digitizer

ID-Data

ID-Station 5155_reg02_002.cdr
Figure 2

Dedicated configuration offers a time saving workflow (approximately one


minute for a two cassettes study). If only one ID Station is dedicated to one
ADC Solo, cassettes can be identified without using an ID-Tablet. This option
is called Direct ID. The demographic data are transmitted from the ID Station
to the digitizer via the network. This data flow makes it possible to scan an IP
and simultaneously to enter the ID data.
• A speed class is selected on the ADC Solo by use of the emergency
buttons. The sensitivity associated with the emergency buttons has been
set during the configuration of the system.
• An exposed but unidentified cassette is inserted into the digitizer.
• By entering the cassette, the digitizer reads the remaining cassette
information of the RF Tag and a communication channel to its dedicated
ID Station is opened.

Chapter 2 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

• The digitizer starts scanning the IP and sends an ID Data Request


message to the ID Station along. The ID Window pops up at the ID Station
and the ID data have to be entered.
• After the user completed the information at the ID Station, it is sent back to
the digitizer. The communication channel is closed afterwards.
• The transmission of the scanned image to the Processing Station and the
Fast Preview image data is sent to the PRID-Station.
• Before the cassette is put out, the ID data on the RF Tag is erased and the
cycle counter is increased by the digitizer.

Dealing with an emergency cassette the identification can be left out at all.
Therefore, the user enforces the complete processing of the IP by pressing
the Confirm Key at the digitizer. The digitizer emits an ID Cancel command
to the ID Station, where the ID screen drops and the communication channel
is closed. The digitizer completes its emergency cycle and increases the
cycle counter of the cassette.

1.4 Combination of Direct ID and Fast Preview

The features Direct ID and Fast Preview can also work in combination:
• A speed class, by use of the emergency buttons, is selected on the
digitizer.
• An exposed but unidentified cassette is inserted into the digitizer.
• The digitizer starts scanning the IP and sends an ID Data Request
message to the ID Station along. The ID Window pops up at the ID
Station and the ID data will be entered.
• While the user is entering the data, the Fast Preview screen of the PRID
is not visible. The transmission of the reduced Fast Preview image will
be postponed until the ID data is completely inserted.
• The digitizer sends the image to the Processing Station and parallel the
reduced Fast Preview image to the PRID. As soon as the calculation of
the image is finished, the Processing Station sends the preview image
to the PRID and replaces the Fast Preview.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

2 ADC Cassettes
The principle function of the digitizer is close connected to the structure of the
ADC Cassettes. The digitizer accepts only ADC Compact, ADC Compact Plus
and ADC Solo Cassettes. All other cassettes, like ADC 70, are refused.

2.1 Standard Cassette

The cassette must always be inserted 1 2 3

into the digitizer in the correct


orientation to make it possible to 4
identify and handle the cassette!
5
The ADC label and the label, showing
the size of the contained image plate,
are put on for the identification by the
user. 6
The metal label is detected by the
4
digitizer to identify the cassette as an
ADC cassette. Figure 3

The demographic data is at the ID-


Station transferred by no-touch radio 1 ADC label
frequency tagging to the ID-Chip and
is read out in the digitizer. The data is 2 ID-Chip carries demographic data
in that way always linked to the 3 Label showing size of Image Plate
image.
4 Sliders to prevent from usage in
For protection against electrostatic film handling devices
charging and mechanical damage the
inner lining of the cassette is made of 5 Metal label – silver dot – identifies
felt. an ADC Cassette
6 ADC Image Plate (gray surface
up, white surface down)

Chapter 2 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

2.2 ADC MD30 Image Plate Principle

The image plate laying in the cassette consists of five different layers:

The phosphor layer is “storing” the Image Plate Structure


picture information as energy . 1
The EBC top coat provides a smooth 2

5146_reg02_003.C DR
surface of the image plate to reach a 3
good signal-to-noise ratio. 4

Combination of white support layer 5


and blue anti-halo layer increases the
sensitivity. The anti-halo layer lets
Figure 4
through the stimulated light but
blocks laser light.
The laminate is needed as base 1 Protective EBC (electron-beam-
material. cured) top coat
2 Phosphor layer
3 Anti-halo layer, blue
4 Support P.E.T, white
5 Laminate

2.3 Mammography Cassette

The ADC Mammo Cassette is only foreseen for mammography of breast


implants and must not be used for other mammographic applications or
diagnostics!

Identification:
The cassette is labeled with “Mammo” on both sides and with “Implants” on
the tube side.
The cassette is pre-initialized as a Mammo Cassette, but if the identification is
lost, it can be given via the ID Station.

Formats:
The ADC Mammo Cassette is available in two formats:
• 18 cm x 24 cm
• 24 cm x 30 cm

Specification:
The ADC Mammo Cassette contains normally a regular ADC MD30 image
plate. This type of image plate has a special phosphor layer which results in a
high dynamic range. The cassette is equipped with a special hinge in order to
reduce the chest wall distance to the image plate.
The Mammo Cassette is intended to follow up implants (silicone, prosthesis)
to check for position, leaks or calcifications.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

2.4 Asymmetric Cassette

Identification:

A Cassette for asymmetric scanning


can be identified by a red hatching
covering less than the half of the
cassette side. (see beside)

5146_reg02_004.cdr
Figure 5

Formats:
The ADC Asymmetric Cassette is available in:
• 21 cm x 43 cm (asymmetric partial scan of dedicated 35 x 43 cm
cassettes)

Specification:
The Asymmetric Cassette is dedicated for X-ray exposures where no centered
positioning of the part of the body is possible (e.g. side view of a spinal
column).

Chapter 2 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3 Modular Structure of the Digitizer


3.1 Overview of Modules

100

700

600

500
400

200 300

51
55
_r e
g 02
_0
32
.cd
r

100 Frame
200 Power Unit
300 VME Rack
400 Scan Unit
500 Erasure Unit
600 IP Transport Unit
700 Cassette Unit
Figure 6

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.2 Cassette Unit

4
3
2
1

Figure 7

1 Cassette roller
2 Clamp unit
3 Cassette lift
4 Cassette position detection light barrier
5 Cassette opener 0-position light barrier
6 RF – tag reader
7 Finger to block Input / Output (I/O) slot

The cassette unit loads the cassette from the I/O slot, fixes and holds the
cassette during the IP is taken out and scanned. The RF-tag reader and the
antenna read out the ID- and image specific data.

After processing the IP cassette status is changed from “Identified” to


“Erased”. Cassette unit transports the cassette back to I/O slot for output.

Chapter 2 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.3 Transport Unit

Figure 8

1 Vacuum pump
2 Suction cups

Within the transport unit the IP is taken out of the cassette and lead to the
scan unit.
After scanning, the IP is erased while it is moved upwards. The IP is put back
to the cassette in the cassette unit.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 11


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.4 Scan Unit

1
2

7
3

8
Figure 9

1 Photomultiplier module
2 Laser diode module
3 Fiber optics (2 x 6500 fibers)
4 PIN-diode board
5 Scan rollers (4 pieces)
6 Galvo
7 Galvo driver board
8 Photomultiplier high tension (HT) supply

The function of the scan module is to stimulate a two dimensional, X-ray


exposed, image plate, which is made of phosphor, with laser energy. Out of
the blue light, which is emitted by the phosphor, a digital image is generated.

Chapter 2 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.4.1 Stimulation and Scan of IP

Stimulation of the image plate is done pixel by pixel, therefore the laser beam
(1) is moved (C). The movement in the x-axis (A) is achieved by the Galvo (2),
which is an oscillating mirror. This movement is controlled by a sweep signal
generated at the scan control board.
The movement in the y-axis (B) is done mechanically by transporting the
image plate (slow scan direction) with two pairs of rolls.

7
5

6
4

7 4

C
3

e
lat
P 2
B e
ag
Im

.c d
r 1
4
02
0 2_
eg
_r
55
51
Figure 10

1 Laser diode A Fast scan direction


2 Galvo B Slow scan direction
3 Optical (F-theta) lenses C Laser beam
4 Mirrors
5 Photomultiplier
6 Fiber optics
7 PIN diodes

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 13


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

Figure 11

The trigger signal for stimulation and scan of the IP is shown in the graph.

• The period of the sweep signal (1) is generated at the scan control board
and transmitted to the Galvo.
• The signal controlling the laser diode (3) status (on/off), is synchronized
with the sweep signal (1) at the scan control board.
• After a certain settling time a constant laser movement with a constant
speed (2) over the IP is reached. The IP is stimulated only during this
constant period.
• To exclude the settling time from data acquisition the A/D window (4) is
set to the time period when laser moves constantly and IP is actually
digitized.

3.4.2 Laser Diode

The laser beam is generated by a 35 mW red laser diode in a housing, with a


wavelength of 660 nm. Laser classification class I.

3.4.3 Galvanometer

The Galvanometer, so called Galvo, deflects the laser beam of the laser diode
to move in lines (fast scan direction) over the IP. The deflection range and
speed depends on the IP format width.
The control signal for the Galvo is generated at the scan control board and is
called sweep signal.

Chapter 2 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.4.4 Photomultiplier (PMT)

PMT
7

4 4

5 5

2
5155_reg02_025.cdr 3
Figure 12

The laser beam (1) moving in fast scan direction over the surface of the IP (2)
stimulates the phosphor layer in it. The intensity of the emitted light of the IP
varies for each pixel and depends on the stored energy during the X-ray
exposure.

The light (5), emitting in all directions (3), is collected by two bundles of glass
fiber (4). Each of the bundles consists of 6500 single fibers. The light detection
is done by a photomultiplier tube (7), which generates an electrical signal out
of it. The light from the input of the photomultiplier is converted into a
proportional current on the output.

The amplification of the signal is set by the high tension voltage (HT) of the
photomultiplier. The high tension is calculated with two mathematical
constants MFA and MFB (machine factor A and B). The constants are part of
the settings of the digitizer and do not have to be changed in the field. The
high tension supply is integrated in the photomultiplier box.

The photomultiplier is equipped with a blue filter glass (6) for separating the
emitted blue light from the stimulating red light.

3.4.5 PIN Diodes

Function of the PIN diodes is to monitor the laser beam. They detect:
• Presence of laser beam
• Deflection speed of the laser beam:
The deflection speed is determined by means of the pin diodes signal; in
case of deviations the sweep signal will be corrected.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 15


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

• Intensity of the laser beam


The power of the laser beam on the IP is calculated by means of the
analogue pin diodes voltage and the PD factor.
Laser power = Analogue pin diodes voltage x PD factor
- PD factor = Sensitivity of the pin diodes
- The PD factor is determined during manufacturing
- The PD factor is installed from floppy (PIN DIODE FACTOR).

The two slits, in one line with the pin diodes, allows the light to pass and
offer an additional precise verification and adjustment of the laser beam
position.

In normal use it can occur that one or both fiber spots are not illuminated.
Reason: Allowed pointing stability of the laser.

The fiber spots allow an inspection of correct laser beam adjustment at


the front of the scan unit.
The pin diodes signal is evaluated by the Scan Control Board.

Chapter 2 / 16 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.5 Erasure Unit

3
2

Figure 13

1 Halogen lamps (Osram Xenophot HLX64623 12V, 100 Watt,


commercially available)
2 Grid for cooling by erasure unit fan
3 KG2 filter for heat protection
4 Front glass (UV filter with sensitive gelatin layer)

The lamps are controlled by the erasure control board. They are controlled
during work in pairs and also the power supply of 12 V is generated via 5
single transformer. For erasing the image plate a power input of in total 1000
Watt with 230V / 50Hz is present.

The erasure unit fan (placed in the Frame) is switched on during erasing the
image plate for cooling down the unit. The speed the IP is transported past the
erasure unit depends on speed class and format (Erasure energy per time is
determined by means of the demographic data).

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 17


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.6 VME-Rack

7
6
5155_reg02_008.cdr

5
4

1 2 3
Figure 14

1 VME Power supply


2 VME Storage complete
3 CPU Gemini complete (including Gemini-, BER- and Memory-board)
4 Scan Control board (SCB)
5 Scan Acquisition board (SAB)
6 Adapter board
7 VME-Rack Fan

The VME-Rack consists of the processing unit CPU Gemini, the Scan Control
Board, the Scan Acquisition Board, the Adapter board, the Power Supply of
the VME-Rack, a floppy drive and a hard disk. On left side of the rack the fan
for cooling the VME-Rack is mounted.

Chapter 2 / 18 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.6.1 CPU Gemini complete

The assembly “Gemini complete” includes three boards: The Gemini board,
the Basic Ethernet and ROCAN Interface (BER) board and the Memory board.
• The Gemini board controls all functions of the digitizer by dedicated driver
boards and the scan process via the Scan Control Board and the Scan
Acquisition Board.
• The BER board controls the hard disk and the floppy drive. For external
connections it drives the Ethernet and the external serial port.
• The Memory board is the storage device of the Gemini board.
All three boards are placed behind the front plate.

The RESET SWITCH resets all on


GEMINI board devices, including the CPU
The ABORT SWITCH is enabled just before the
first monitor prompt appears on the debug terminal.
In certain situations the VIC chip does not
process the incoming interrupts,
especially during CPU hangup. This prevents
the ABORT interrupt from reaching the CPU.
is on when 12V is fed to the flash EPROM.
It should only be active during the
SLAVE CPU, software controlled programming cycles of a flash EPROM.
MAIN CPU, software controlled
is on, whenever the processor returns to the
monitor program after an unexpected exception.

SLAVE CPU, hardware controlled


MAIN CPU, hardware controlled indicates that the CPU bus is owned by
an external master (Local bus or VME)

is on whenever the main CPU really accesses


some external device (DRAM or Local bus)

LEDs of the BER board

CRS
CARRIER SENSE: Pin for internal transition

TXE
TRANSMIT ENABLE: Pin is driven high during
transmission
COL
COLLISION: Pin is activated when a collision
signal is detected

Connector to
Service Interface (RS232)

5155_reg02_009.cdr

Figure 15

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 19


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.6.2 VME Adapter Board

Main functions of the VME Adapter board are adaptation to the Ethernet,
voltage supplies for photomultiplier high tension box (+24 V) and Peltier
cooling element (+5 V).
Connectors for R/F-Tag reader with signal adaptation to RS232, for LCD
terminal with conversion of the RS232 signal in a 20 mA signal and for I/O-Bus
are placed on the front panel.

Adapter

+12V
-12V
LED IO-BUS:
+ 8V Power supply for the IO-BUS

LED LCD:
+ 8V Power supply for LCD Terminal

LED +12V:
+12V Input for conversion to +8V
+12V for the Interface ICs of the
LCD Terminal and the TAG-reader
LED + 5V:
+5V Power supply for this adapter board
LED -12V:
Connector to the -12V for the Interface ICs of the
IO-BUS distributor board LCD Terminal and the TAG-reader
(GS114) LED +24V:
Power supply for the HT Control board
of the photomultiplier

Connector to
LCD Terminal (GS112)

Connector to
RF-Tag reader (GS736)

Connector to HT-Control
Board of the Photo multiplier
(GS430)

Connector to Peltier
cooling element

Connector to
ETHERNET board (GS110)

5155_reg02_010.cdr
Figure 16

Chapter 2 / 20 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.6.3 Scan Acquisition Board (SAB)

Main functions of the SAB are conversion of analog voltage into digital signal
(A/D converter) and compression and filtering of the signals from the
Photomultiplier.

SAB

IVC_TST LED:
During normal operation the LED is off.
The LED lights, if the I/V-converter test
mode is active.
Filterselect 1 LED:
This LED lights, if the Filterselect bit 1 is active (low)
Filterselect 0 LED:
This LED lights, if the Filterselect bit 0 is active (low)

TST_ADC0LED:
This LED lights, if normal scan mode
for the sum amplifier is active. It doesn’t light
during the Test mode at the sum amplifier is activated.
SQR_N_LIN LED:
This LED lights, if the SQR (Square Root) compression
is selected. It doesn’t light, if the LIN (Linear) data
compression is selected. SQR compression is default.
N_BUSY_AD LED:
This LED lights if the A/D-converter is busy during
conversion
IV CONVERTER

from I/V Converter (GS452)


of the Photo multiplier

SMB-adapter (koax)
for monitoring the
photomultiplier signal

5155_reg02_011.cdr

Figure 17

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 21


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.6.4 Scan Control Board (SCB)

Main functions of the SCB are to sweep amplitude and offset for adjustment of
galvo, voltage adjustment for high tension of photomultiplier and adaptation of
scan speed.

The test connector for external testboard is used for troubleshooting, to


display the following signals on an oscilloscope:
• Analog PIN-diode signal
• Digital PIN-diode signal
• A/D measurement window
• Sweep signal

LD-CTRL
SCB

Connector to Laser diode

not used
The N_RESET2" LED:
will be on during N_RESET2 is active ("0")
TEST 1

Test connector The N_FIFO_FULL LED:


(for external testboard) This LED will light up when the FIFO's have been read
to late and some pixels will be lost because of the overflow.
Once this has happened, this LED will stay on until
the FIFO's are resetted.
RESET

not used
GALVO

Connector to Galvo Adapter


The MEAS_WNDW LED:
Board (GS436)
will be light up when the measurement window is active.

Connector to PIN-Diodes The BUSY_AD LED


PIN

(GS440) will be on as soon as the SAB-Board is connected.


This LED stops lighting when the AD converter on
the SAB-Board starts a conversion. Normally
the busy time of the ADC is so short,
that it seems that this LED is on all the time
HT-CTRL

5155_reg02_012.cdr

Figure 18

Chapter 2 / 22 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.6.5 Hard disk

The gray rectangle in the partition map marks the directories which are only
necessary for remote control via http access.

Partitions Directories and


Files Annotations
subdirectories
*.BAT
batch and
C: *.SYS
system files
STARTUP.COM
*.PRG program files
ERROR.MSG error message files
*.ESX tables

CGI-BIN *.PRG program files

DL *.zip zip files

PUBLIC *.html html files

*.GIF
IMAGES *.JPG

AOS.LOG current log file


D: ADC.CPF
*.AXX
configuration files
*.CXX
*.UXX
ICN_XXXX.DAT infocounter (binary form)
ICN.DAT
5155<S/N>.ICN infocounter (text form)

*.TBL tables
*.SHD calibration files
*.SWP sweep curve
*.TEMP
temporary files
HTTPTEMP.OUT

E:
FLATFLD CONTROL.DAT
IMAGE.DAT

FLATFLD2 CONTROL.DAT
IMAGE.DAT

TESTIMG CONTROL.DAT test image


(Collection of diagnostic images)
IMAGE.DAT

TSHEET CONTROL.DAT testsheet of the optimum


IMAGE.DAT image quality

FLD00001 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data


IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS
TAGFILE change of status
FLD00002 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data
IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS only when emergency mode is activated
TAGFILE change of status

FLD00010 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data


IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS only when emergency mode is activated
TAGFILE change of status

LOG *.SES session files

SCCTEMP temporary directory


5155_reg02_013.cdr

Figure 19

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 23


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

3.7 Power Unit

Function of the power unit is to supply erasure unit, VME-Rack, stepper


motors and stepper motor boards with power. Power integration board is part
of the unit.

1 2 3
Figure 20

1 Main switch
2 Interlock switch
3 Power integration board
4 Fuse for Galvo power supply (2 A, slowblow – Si 201)
5 Fuse for Stepper motor transformer (2 A, slowblow – Si 202)

Chapter 2 / 24 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

3.7.1 Power Integration Board

Main functions of power integration board are:


• Recognition and control of the required periphery
Vacuum pump
Magnetic valve
Voltage supply for galvo (+15V) and laser diode
Erasure unit fan
Power unit fan
• Check of the following units directly via hard- or software
Magnetic valve
Voltage supply for galvo (+15 V)
Interlock for SM-voltage
Stepper motor voltage of the transformer
Erasure unit fan
Vacuum pump (indirectly via current of the pump motor)
• LED's for error analysis

ST2 ST4
BU5 BU6 BU7 BU4
5155_reg02_015.cdr
Figure 21

ST2 Voltage supply for stepper motor boards in cassette unit (+40V)
ST4 Voltage supply for galvo (+15V)
BU4 Voltage supply for laser diode (+15V)
BU5 Voltage supply for stepper motor boards in scan unit (+40V)
BU6 Voltage supply for photomultiplier (+24V)
BU7 Voltage supply for power integration board (+24V)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 25


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

4 Cycle of a Cassette in the Digitizer

4.1 Cassette Unit

4.1.1 Starting Machine Cycle by inserting a Cassette

An ADC Cassette with an


exposed Image Plate (IP) inside 1
is set in correct orientation into 2
the I/O slot.
The light barrier (1) GS732/734
recognizes the cassette and
starts the mechanical process of
the digitizer.
The transport roller (2), moved
by motor M701, brings the
cassette into the cassette unit.

Figure 22

4.1.2 Identification of the Cassette

A plastic bolt, activated by the


rear slider of the cassette,
interrupts the cassette position
detection light barrier GS726
(1).
As only ADC Cassette have that
certain slider, it is made sure that
the right cassette in the correct
position is inserted.

Figure 23

Chapter 2 / 26 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

4.1.3 Lowering and Clamping the Cassette and reading the ID-Data
3

The cassette is lowered (1) by lift


motor M703 when a signal of
light barrier GS718 comes in.
In the lowered position the light 2
barrier GS724 , for starting the 1
clamp mechanism, detects the
cassette. The clamp motion is
run by motor M705.
While the cassette unit is moved
to the right side (2) the R/F-Tag
antenna (3) GS738 and the
corresponding R/F-Tag reader 2
GS736 read out the ID-Data from
the chip on the cassette.
The cassette unit is roughly
positioned corresponding to the
size of the cassette.

Figure 24

4.1.4 Opening the Cassette

In the clamped position the light


barrier GS716 detects the start
for the opening mechanism.
The cassette lid is opened by
motor M702 with a certain
number of steps.

51
55
_ re
g0
2_
0 20
.cd
r

Figure 25

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 27


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

4.2 Transport Unit

4.2.1 Sucking the IP

The transport robot of the IP


transport unit (2), run by motor
M601, moves up quickly (see
arrow).
1
The suction cups (3) are moved
to the right position on the IP. IP 2
transport 0-position is detected
by GS604.
The vacuum pump GS608 starts
(1) to build up low pressure. By 3
opening the solenoid valve
GS606 the vacuum is transferred
to the suction cups and the IP is
sucked.

Figure 26

4.2.2 Taking IP out of the Cassette and transporting IP to the Scan Unit

The IP is taken out of the


cassette and moved down (see
arrow) by the transport robot (1)
1
to the scan unit, driven by motor
M601.
2
By passing the light barrier
GS446 the scan rollers open (2),
driven by motor M401.
Vacuum is reduced and suction
cups release IP.

Figure 27

Chapter 2 / 28 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

4.3 Scan Unit

4.3.1 Positioning the IP relative to Scan Unit

The IP alignment finger (1) 2

positions the IP (2) relative to


scan unit by means of long
distance light barrier (3)
3
GS442/444 .
IP is moved by alignment finger,
until long distance light barrier (3)
is interrupted.
Afterwards the IP alignment
IP
finger moves back until long
distance light barrier is no longer 1
interrupted.

Figure 28

The scan rollers close (1) and


clamp the IP between.
Scan rollers start to roll and 1
move the IP down until its edge
reaches the PIN diodes (2).
2

Figure 29

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 29


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

4.3.2 Stimulation and Scanning the IP (Optical Path)

7
The laser beam (C) generated by 5
laser diode (1) is lead via Galvo
(2), F-theta lenses (3) and
6
mirrors (4) to the IP. 4

The emitted light from the IP is


transferred by two fiber optics (6) 7 4

to the photo multiplier (5). A

Two Pin-diodes (7) monitor the


C
laser beam to control sweeping 3
movement of Galvo.
e
at
The scan direction is realized for Pl 2
B a ge
fast scan direction by sweeping Im
the laser beam (A) and for slow
r 1
scan direction by movement of 02
_0
24
.cd

g
the IP through the scanner (B) by 51
55
_ re

slowscan motor M402.


Figure 30

4.4 Erasure Unit

4.4.1 Unloading IP from Scan Unit and transport to Erasure Unit

As scan process is finished, scan 1

rollers stop to transport the IP in


slow scan direction.
Erasure lamps (1) switch on.
For unloading IP of scan unit the
scan rollers turn direction and
move IP upwards (see arrow).
Suction cups of transport unit are
positioned again on the surface
of IP and vacuum pump starts.
As the IP is sucked the scan
rollers (2) move apart and the IP
is moved by transport robot to 2
erasure unit.
The IP passes the erasure lamps
in a certain speed. The speed
depends on the format of the
cassette and on the examination
type. This information was given
by the chip on the cassette, read Figure 31
out at the begin of the cycle.

Chapter 2 / 30 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

There are different speeds to


vary homogeneity and intensity
of the erasure effect on the IP.
As the complete IP passed the
erasure unit, lamps are switched
off.
The image information on the IP
is erased and the blank IP can
be used for another X-ray
exposure.

4.5 Cassette Unit

4.5.1 Putting IP back into Cassette

For putting IP back into cassette


the cassette unit has to be
positioned relative to IP.
Cassette unit moves to IP until Light
barrier
light barrier GS730 is interrupted IP
1
(1).
Light
barrier
Afterwards cassette unit moves IP
2
back until light barrier is no
longer interrupted (2).
Transport robot puts IP back into
cassette. Vacuum is switched off
and suction cups release IP.
Figure 32
Transport robot moves down to
home position while cassette is
closed.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 31


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

4.5.2 Putting Cassette out of Digitizer

Cassette unit moves to the left


while the RF-Tag (1) changes
status of cassette chip to
“erased”. 2

Cassette is released by clamping


mechanism and lifted.
I/O slot of digitizer is unlocked.
The transport belt, turned by
motor M704 , and transport roller
(3) move cassette out of the I/O
slot.
After removal of the cassette the
cassette unit moves to home 3
position.
Figure 33

Chapter 2 / 32 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

5 Software Architecture
5.1 Checks

The checks help to find defective or misadjusted parts in the digitizer.

Checks available in Service Program of the Digitizer:


Quick check Rough check of complete system
Check laser 1 Laser beam position
2 Laser power on IP
Check destinations Ping to<destination>; test of image
transmission
Check disk 1 Hard disk C:
2 Hard disk D:
3 Hard disk E:
4 Floppy disk drive
Send flatfield 1 Calibration pattern
2 Banding pattern
Send test sheet Sends test sheet
Check I/O-bus All ten I/O-bus nodes are checked

5.2 Web Pages

The Software of the digitizer allows access from the Internet to the service
level of the machine. The access via a graphic User Interface (ADC web
pages) is part of the service concept of MI CSO. The web pages follow the
structure of the well-known User Terminal.

Access via web pages guarantees a convenient and fast service by making
use of standard tools. The usage of different ports for these ways allows
working simultaneously with FTP, HTTP, and TelNet.

Further information, see chapter 3.2

5.3 Hardware Modification Floppy of Spare Part

Spare parts which are sent with a floppy, need to be included in the system via
software. The floppy e.g. of the Galvo contains specific production settings
and data of the spare part. This information need to be installed after the
spare part is mounted in the digitizer. For other spare parts sent with a floppy
only the information for the info counter is included.

The floppy is put into the floppy drive of the VME-Rack and the installation has
to be started ( Service Menu - install from floppy). The information concerning
the spare part is integrated in the system.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 33


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

6 Signal and Data Flow


6.1 Signal Flow

Cassette Unit Scan Unit

Demographic Data Image Data

10

VME Unit

Galvo Laser High


diodes tension

Raw Data 12 bit

Ethernet
10 Mbit

Service PC
VME Backplane

Legend:

Harddisk RAM Image Data


Demographic
Data
Partition C: BER Board
Raw Data (to
Partition D: Proc. Station)
Lowpass Filter

CPU
Partition E: Gemini
I/V converter

Figure 34

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 35


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

6.2 Data Flow

IP data
Cassette data
Exposure Conversion of
Destination emitted light
Patient into current

R/F Tag on the cassette


Photomultiplier

Calculation of: Conversion from current to voltage


Scanspeed in the I/V - converter
Voltage for HT of PMT
Antialiasing-filter-frequence

Signal compression for grey scale


coordination (square rooted)
Rough adjustment of
sweep amplitude and Offset

Signalfiltering to avoid aliasing


Voltage adaptation for HT of PMT

Conversion from analog to


Start of the scan with slow digital (12 bit)
scan speed = const.
SAB-board

Exact adjustment of
sweep amplitude and offsett
SCB-board

Raw image data and


demographic data vía network to Raw image data in RAM
processing station
Gemini-board
BER-board + Ethernet board

5155_reg02_031.cdr

Figure 35

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 37


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Functional Description DD+DIS249.02E

6.3 FLDXXXXX Directories

CONTROL.DAT (Image control file):

There are six possible status set in an image control file:

queued *: Waiting for transmission


sending: Transmission in progress
sent: Transmission completed, waiting for response
transmitted: Positive response from workstation
warning*: Positive response, but file cannot be handled
from workstation at the moment à new
transmission
error*: Faulty file, transmission cancelled

Only images being in a status marked with a "*" can be deleted.

STATUS
A status file will only be created when the operator pushes the emergency
button.

TAGFILE
File date and time when the status is changed.

Chapter 2 / 38 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Functional Description

7 Calibration Principle
There is only one calibration which can be worked out with the ADC Solo in
the field. The so called Shading Calibration is responsible for image quality.

7.1 Shading Calibration

Inhomogeneities of the light collector (fiber optics) and the photomultiplier


require a position dependent calibration of the scan line. This pixel wise line
calibration evens out differences in the transmission behavior of the glass
fibers by calculation.

Each scanned pixel in a line is corrected arithmetically by its corresponding


correction value (shading correction). This is done for each of the three speed
classes 600, 200, and 75.

A number of lines of a flat field image are averaged and scaled to the
maximum pixel value. All the lines need to be in a certain range to make the
calibration successful, if not the error is displayed at the user terminal.

The calibration curves


can be viewed by using
a web browser.
(see chapter 3.2)

Three curves for each


format are displayed in
one image and
distinguished by three
Figure 36
different colors.

The y-axis of the coordinate system shows the Scan Average Level (SAL)
which is the digital value (gray scale) of a pixel and is one of the criteria for a
successful calibration. The x-axis shows the number of pixels.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 2 / 39


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

Chapter 3.1:

List of contents

1 Safety Regulations ......................................................1


1.1 General................................................................................................1
1.2 Safety Switch (Interlock Switch)...................................................1
1.3 Safety Regulations for the Laser Beam......................................2
1.4 Protective Measures for electronic Components....................3
1.5 Erasure Unit .......................................................................................4
1.6 Safety Regulations for the Battery Replacement
in the GEMINI CPU and the TAG Reader....................................5
1.7 Position of the Type Label.............................................................5

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.1 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

1 Safety Regulations

1.1 General

Check the following points visually with every repair work:


• Condition of the insulation of the mains plug / mains cable
• Effects of the strain relief for the mains cable
• Efficiency of the protective earth on metal panel parts (protective earth
connected and spring contacts OK)
• Correct condition of the protection covers

1.2 Safety Switch (Interlock Switch)

A) Interlock front door

B) Interlock side panel A

The Interlock switches


interrupt the mains B
voltage, as soon as the
front door is opened (A)
or the right side panel is
removed (B).

Figure 1

For service purposes the interlock function can be overridden by means of a


service key. However, be careful since there is a risk of injury by moving
mechanical or electrical parts as well as the laser beam.

Consider that the service key must be removed again before the front door is
closed or the right side panel is mounted. After having used the service key,
check the function of the safety switch.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.1 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS249.02E

1.3 Safety Regulations for the Laser Beam

The ADC Solo is a classification class 1 Laser Product, that makes use of a
35mW laser diode in a housing.
In normal operating conditions, when both panels are closed, there can't be
any laser radiation outside the unit. It is nevertheless imperative that the local
radiation safety regulations regarding the protection of staff against scattered
radiation are complied with, if the Digitizer is located in the immediate vicinity
of an X-ray room.
For laser safety, only open up the right panel as described in the user
manual to solve possible cassette or image plate jams. When the panel is
removed, the main power supply is automatically disconnected to prevent
laser radiation.
Do not open the unit and put in the service key in the interlocks , if any
parts of the laser unit are uncovered.

WARNING User interventions other than those described in this manual can be
hazardous with regard to laser radiation.

The corresponding label is


located at the right bottom 51 55
_ reg 0
3.1 _
side of the unit near the 002 .
cdr

type label and on the cover


of the optical unit CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

LASERKLASSE 1

SP

Figure 2

Chapter 3.1 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

Avoid direct exposure to laser beam. It is dangerous to look directly into the
laser beam.
Do not hold any tools into the laser beam (risk of reflection).
During any service interventions concerning the optical path the digitizer
must be switched off (replacement of galvo, pin diodes or laser).

When checking the optical path laser goggles have to be put on


(CM+9.9999.1547.0), in case of laser leak. Notice, that the laser goggles
provide full protection, transmission is reduced by a factor more than
1,000,000.

1.4 Protective Measures for electronic Components


Since there is a frequent problem with electrical components which are
destroyed by static discharge, protective measures must be taken to avoid this
problem. For the repair on electrical components it is necessary to wear the
grounding strap around the wrist and connect the other end of this strap on a
position of the frame which is free of lacquer.
Be attentive, that the frame is grounded!
This grounding strap is available under the spare part number
CM+9.9999.0830.0 via LOG-T warehouse in Munich.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.1 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS249.02E

1.5 Erasure Unit

The Erasure Unit gets


extremely hot during
operation. Avoid contact,
there is a risk of burning.
Watch the corresponding
label.

200 c

Figure 3

Chapter 3.1 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

1.6 Safety Regulations for the Battery Replacement in the GEMINI CPU
and the TAG Reader

• Incorrect battery replacement involves the risk of explosion. Consider


the correct polarity.
• Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified
by the manufacturer.
• Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the
manufacturer.

1.7 Position of the Type Label

Type 5155/100
F - Nr. xxxx 05.99
V-100/120/230-240
A-15/12/7 Hz 50-60
Made in Germany

dr
4. c
_ 00
0 3. 1
re g
55 _
51

Figure 4

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.1 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Tools and auxiliary means

Chapter 3.2:

List of contents

1 Recommended Tools and Test equipment..............1

2 Service PC standard ...................................................2

3 Service Program for the Digitizer..............................3


3.1 Overview .............................................................................................3
3.2 Working with the Operation Terminal.........................................5
3.2.1 Password...............................................................................................5
3.2.2 General Information...............................................................................6
3.3 Active Keys / Allowed Functions .................................................6
3.4 Screen Layout...................................................................................7

4 Service Software of the ID Station ............................7

5 Processing Station - Overview of the


Maintenance Menu ......................................................7

6 ADC QS Station - Software Tools .............................7

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.2 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Tools and auxiliary means

1 Recommended Tools and Test equipment


In addition to the common tools every service engineer is carrying in his tool
box, the following auxiliary equipment is required for the service on the
Digitizer:

Equipment Spare part number Application


*Service PC See section 2 Service programs
*Interface cable CM+9999910080 Connection
RS232, 9pin / 25 pins Service PC – Digitizer
SUB D
Lens cleaning set MX+06-07-015 Cleaning of optical parts
Test Images CD- CM+9514530550 Checking Image Quality
ROM
Densitometer X-Rite 331 (manual) Calibration of the film
density
X-Rite 380/381
(automatic)
Ground tape CM+999990830 Replacement of printed
circuit boards / EPROMs
Safety lacquer - To be used after
electronic or mechanical
adjustments
Test Board EB+44060160 To measure the pin diode
signal with the
oscilloscope
Laser goggles CM+9999915470 Do not perform any
adjustments in the
opened optical path of the
digitizer. When checking
the optical path laser
goggles have to be put
on, in case of laser leak.
They provide full
protection.
CCM Tool see MedNet Configuration tool
Test sheet 35 x 43 CM+7896612140 Test exposures for
cm mechanical adjustments

The test sheet is momentarily not available. As soon as a successor is


on-hand, detailed information will follow.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.2 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS249.02E

2 Service PC standard

The Service PC is used:


• to create the adc.cpf file with the CCM tool
• to do service via terminal emulation
• to run the show error program

Minimum standard as follows:

Type: Laptop with ASCII keyboard


Display: EGA / VGA compatible
CPU: Pentium
RAM: 32 MB
Hard disk: > 500 MB
Floppy disk drive: 3.5", 1,44 MB
Serial interface: 2 x RS232
Operating system: Windows 9X, Windows NT 4.0

Service PC connection: Via a RS232 interface on the Digitizer (behind the


front door).

Chapter 3.2 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Tools and auxiliary means

3 Service Program for the Digitizer


3.1 Overview

Status of Overview: Software Release SOL_1407

Service level 1 Service level 2 Service level 3

1 INFO 1 Device info


2 Network info
2 MAINTENANCE 1 SAL inspection
2 Calibration
3 Test and adjust cycle 1 Cycle with scan
2 Cycle without scan
4 Confirm maintenance
5 Confirm repair
6 Clear infocounter
7 Confirm installation
3 SAVE on floppy 1 Infocounter
2 Machine specific data
3 Test report
4 Session files
5 CPF file
4 SHOW error 1 Explain error code
2 Error hit list
5 INSTALL from floppy 1 Software
2 Machine specific data
3 PMT settings (mfa/mfb)
4 Laser power factor
5 Pin-diode factor
6 Galvanometer curve
7 CPF file
8 Language files
9 HW modification ID
10 RS parameters
11 New scanner

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.2 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS249.02E

Service level 1 Service level 2 Service level 3

6 CONFIGURE 1 Local network ID


2 User terminal language
3 Direct identification
7 DIAGNOSTICS 1 Scanning & signals
2 Mechanical modules 1 Cass. module & R/F TAG
2 IP alignment
3 IP transport & vacuum
4 Scanner
3 Erasure Unit
4 Image transmission
5 Emergency node
8 Checks 1 Quick check
2 Check laser 1 Laser beam position
2 Laser power on IP
3 Check destinations Ping to ...
4 Check disk 1 Hard disk C:
2 Hard disk D:
3 Hard disk E:
4 Floppy disk drive
5 Send flatfield 1 Calibration patter
2 Banding pattern
6 Send test sheet
7 Check I/O-bus

Chapter 3.2 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Tools and auxiliary means

3.2 Working with the Operation Terminal

5155_reg01_002.cdr

3.2.1 Password

• Starts or finishes Service Menu

Password?

515562be.cdr

Enter password!

A wrong password results in a long beep. The message "Wrong password"


appears.

Wrong password!

515562ce.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.2 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS249.02E

• if the correct password has not been entered within 4 seconds, the
program returns to the main menu of the key-operator level
• if no key is touched after pressing the service key within 60 sec, the
program returns to the operator level

3.2.2 General Information

As long as the installation has not been confirmed, the operator is asked after
each start-up if he wants to confirm. The message is shown on the LCD with
repeated beeps after a successful start-up. If confirm is answered positively,
the software branches directly to the “Confirm installation” option. After
confirmation it returns to the operator level. The function can be cancelled until
next start-up.

Installation
Installation not yet Confirmation
confirmed!
: cancel
Press to confirm now
: ok

Service XXXX
515562de.cdr

3.3 Active Keys / Allowed Functions

ok - starts the highlighted function

cancel - cancels the function and returns to the next


higher menu level
forward or backward scrolling

tag - possibility to select several items out of a list

returns immediately to the operator level, exits the


service level

All other keys are inactive and cause a long beep when typing them.
No time out is foreseen in the service level.

Chapter 3.2 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Tools and auxiliary means

3.4 Screen Layout

The same screen layout is used for all service menus. The screen is
subdivided into four windows.

Service menu
2

: cancel
1
3
: ok

4
Service XXXX
515562ee.cdr

• the action window Œ displays selection lists, instructions, information,


questions
• orientation window • displays the current service menu level
• key help window Ž explains the meaning of the involved key-pad
buttons
• service message displays service messages
window •

is displayed if scroll functionality is requested,


• and e.g. if a list cannot be shown in total

is displayed if selection functionality is


• and requested, e.g. if several items have to be
marked in a list

4 Service Software of the ID Station


See Service manual for the ADC System Components, DD+DIS198.00E.

5 Processing Station - Overview of the Maintenance Menu


See Service manual for the ADC System Components, DD+DIS198.00E.

6 ADC QS Station - Software Tools


See Service manual for ADC QS 2.1.xx, DD+DIS135.02E.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.2 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Troubleshooting

Chapter 3.3:

List of contents

1 General Procedure ......................................................1


1.1 Show Error .........................................................................................2
1.2 Checks ................................................................................................3
1.3 Diagnostics ........................................................................................4
1.3.1 General Information...............................................................................4
1.3.2 Scanning and Signals ...........................................................................4
1.3.3 Mechanical Modules..............................................................................5
1.3.3.1 Cassette Module and R/F-Tag ..............................................................................................5
1.3.3.2 IP Alignment.............................................................................................................................5
1.3.3.3 IP Transport and Vacuum ......................................................................................................6
1.3.3.4 Scanner.....................................................................................................................................6
1.3.4 Erasure Unit...........................................................................................7
1.3.5 Image transmission...............................................................................7
1.3.6 Emergency mode..................................................................................7
2 Most frequently occurring Errors
(in preparation) ............................................................7

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.3 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Troubleshooting

1 General Procedure

Error occurrs

Error code is
displayed

Select
<Show Error>
Function
see 1.1

Select
<Checks>
Function
see 1.2

Error is located

Select
<DIAGNOSTICS>
Function
see 1.3

5155_reg3.3_001.cdr

Additionally:

• Check Infocounter: see Chapter 9, Maintenance, "How to evaluate the


infocounter"
• Evaluate diagnostic images for deficiencies (e.g. jitter)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.3 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS249.02E

1.1 Show Error

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
4 Show error
1 Explain error code

(3) Select in error code history Code Occurred last Service menu
corresponding entry Show error
22570 04-Feb-99 15:45
20605 09-Jan-99 11:32 : cancel
: ok

5155_reg3.3_002.cdr

Figure 1
(4) Reason, meaning and cure of error 22570 detected Service menu
are listed Show error
Reason: Cassette module Explain code
1. Power supply test of : cancel
stepper node roll
failed : scroll
Meaning: No Power supply
on stepper node
5155_reg3.3_003.cdr

Figure 2

22570 detected Service menu


Show error
- Power supply not Explain code
connected : cancel
- Fuse blown
- Power supply : scroll
defective

5155_reg3.3_004.cdr

Figure 3

(5) Carry out the checks listed at cure. 22570 detected Service menu
Show error
Cure: - Check cables Explain code
To verify that error is not sporadic, and connectors : cancel
also a quick check can be carried - Check replace fuse
- Check replace power : scroll
out. supply

5155_reg3.3_005.cdr

Figure 4

Chapter 3.3 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Troubleshooting

1.2 Checks

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select Service menu


8 Checks 1 Quick check Checks
2 Check laser
1 Quick check 3 Check destinations : cancel
4 Check disk : ok
5 Send flatfield
6 Send test sheet
7 Check I/O-bus

5155_reg3.3_006.cdr

Figure 5
(3) Quick check is starting.
All actions are executed in same
order as during normal operation.

(4) If an error occurs during quick


check, procedure stops and error
code is displayed.

Cure proposals can be found at


“Explain error code” (see above).

(5) For checks of certain components,


select corresponding check in
Service menu à8 Checks

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.3 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS249.02E

1.3 Diagnostics

1.3.1 General Information

Before usage of Diagnostics Software it is necessary to remove right side


panel of digitizer and to put service key in.

The Diagnostics Software is a tool which helps to find defective parts in the
digitizer in the previously located module / unit. A dialog with requests and
questions via the display guides through the test of a module.

All components of a module (boards, motors, valves, mechanics…) are


checked during a test. If the result is satisfying, the module is working in a
normal operating mode. If a problem is detected, the name of the component
(like in circuit diagram e.g. GS602 IP-TRANSPORT-BD) where it occurred, is
displayed. The spare part number of the probably defective component is
displayed as well.

No sporadic errors, like bus crashes or bad connections, can be found with
Diagnostics Software.

Diagnostics Software does not refresh automatically. Therefore exit program


before repairing or replacing components and restart it afterwards!

1.3.2 Scanning and Signals


(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
7 Diagnostics
1 Scanning & signals

(3) Follow display dialog


(4) For answering the question
Is the brightness of both
fiber spots even?
check fiber spots at the position
shown beside.

Figure 6

Chapter 3.3 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Troubleshooting

1.3.3 Mechanical Modules

1.3.3.1 Cassette Module and R/F-Tag

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select 1 Cass. module & R/F TAG Service menu


7 Diagnostics 2 IP alignment DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical modules 3 IP transport & vacuum Mech. modules
4 Scanner : cancel
1 Cass. module & : ok
R/F TAG

5155_reg3.3_008.cdr

(3) Request, to check that no cassette Service menu


DIAGNOSTICS
and no IP is in machine, appears. Cassette mod.
Check that no cassette
and no IP is in the : cancel
If there is a cassette and IP in the machine : ok
machine, exit the diagnostic
software program, switch off the
machine, remove cassette and IP 5155_reg3.3_009cdr

and switch the machine on again.


(4) Cassette opener moves to home
position
(5) The gap between the tips of the lift
hook 1 and the base plate of the
cassette unit 2 has to be 2 cm.

(6) Follow display dialog

1.3.3.2 IP Alignment

(7) Select 1 Cass. module & R/F TAG Service menu


7 Diagnostics 2 IP alignment DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical modules 3 IP transport & vacuum Mech. modules
4 Scanner : cancel
2 IP alignment : ok

5155_reg3.3_008.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.3 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS249.02E

(8) Request, to check that no cassette Service menu


and no IP is in machine, appears. DIAGNOSTICS
Check that no cassette Cassette mod.
and no IP is in the : cancel
If there is a cassette and IP in the machine : ok
machine, exit the diagnostic
software program, switch off the
machine, remove cassette and IP 5155_reg3.3_009cdr

and switch the machine on again.


(9) To answer question
Is front door locked now?
use a small cassette for touching
front door carefully.
(10) Follow display dialog

1.3.3.3 IP Transport and Vacuum

(11) Select 1 Cass. module & R/F TAG Service menu


7 Diagnostics 2 IP alignment DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical modules 3 IP transport & vacuum Mech. modules
4 Scanner : cancel
3 IP transport & : ok
vacuum

5155_reg3.3_008.cdr

(12) Request, to check that no cassette Service menu


and no IP is in machine, appears. DIAGNOSTICS
Check that no cassette Cassette mod.
and no IP is in the : cancel
If there is a cassette and IP in the machine : ok
machine, exit the diagnostic
software program, switch off the
machine, remove cassette and IP 5155_reg3.3_009cdr

and switch the machine on again.


(13) To answer question
Is vacuum pump off?
pay attention, if you hear significant
pump noise or not.
(14) Follow display dialog

1.3.3.4 Scanner

(15) Select 1 Cass. module & R/F TAG Service menu


7 Diagnostics 2 IP alignment DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical modules 3 IP transport & vacuum Mech. modules
4 Scanner : cancel
4 Scanner : ok

5155_reg3.3_008.cdr

Chapter 3.3 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Troubleshooting

(16) Request, to check that no cassette Service menu


and no IP is in machine, appears. DIAGNOSTICS
Check that no cassette Cassette mod.
and no IP is in the : cancel
If there is a cassette and IP in the machine : ok
machine, exit the diagnostic
software program, switch off the
machine, remove cassette and IP 5155_reg3.3_009cdr

and switch the machine on again.


(17) Follow display dialog

1.3.4 Erasure Unit

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
7 Diagnostics
3 Erasure unit

(3) Follow display dialog

1.3.5 Image transmission

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
7 Diagnostics
4 Image transmission

(3) Follow display dialog

1.3.6 Emergency mode

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
7 Diagnostics
5 Emergency mode

(3) Follow display dialog

2 Most frequently occurring Errors


(in preparation)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.3 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Codings, Fuses, LEDs

Chapter 3.4:

List of contents

1 Coding of the Stepper Motor Control Boards .........1

2 I/O-Bus Addresses of Boards ....................................2

3 Jumper Configuration of the Hard Disk ...................2


3.1 General................................................................................................2
3.2 SCSI Hard disk ..................................................................................3
3.3 Seagate ST318417N .........................................................................4
3.4 IBM DCHS 4.51 GB ...........................................................................4

4 Fuses Overview ...........................................................4

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.4 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Codings, Fuses, LEDs

1 Coding of the Stepper Motor Control Boards

GS IOB-SIN-STEP Boards:
CM+9.9499.8140.x

GS Designation IO-Bus Switch Settings


Address
410 Scan Unit – Scan 37H JL1 JL1

roller lift 1 8
JLGS410.cdr

ST 10 2A 4A

ST10
ST10_2.cdr

412 Scan Unit - 36H JL1 JL1

Slowscan 1 8
JLGS412.cdr

ST 10 2A 4A

ST10
ST10_2.cdr

602 IP Transport Unit 27H JL1 JL1

1 8
JLGS602.cdr

ST 10 2A 4 A

ST10
ST10_4.cdr

712 Cassette Unit – IP 26H JL1 JL1

Alignment 1 8
JLGS712.cdr

ST 10 2A 4 A

ST10
ST10_4.cdr

GS IOB-SIN-5Step Board:
CM+9.9499.8120.x

GS Designation IO-Bus Switch Settings


Address
710 Cassette Unit 22H JL1 JL1

1 8
JLGS710_1.cdr

21H JL 2 JL2

8 1
JLGS710_2.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.4 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Codings, Fuses, LEDs DD+DIS249.02E

2 I/O-Bus Addresses of Boards

IO-Bus GS Board
Address
21 710 Cassette Unit (JL2) - 5fold stepper motor board
22 710 Cassette Unit (JL1) - 5fold stepper motor board
26 712 Cassette Unit – IP Alignment - stepper motor board
27 602 IP Transport Unit - stepper motor board
36 412 Scan Unit – Slowscan - stepper motor board
37 410 Scan Unit – Scan roller lift - stepper motor board
70 230 Power Integration board
75 210 Erasure Control board
80 116 Status and Emergency node
85 360 VME Adapter board

3 Jumper Configuration of the Hard Disk


3.1 General

From Software Version SOL_1302 on also hard disks > 2.1 GB are supported.

Hard disks < 2.1 GB have a 50-pin plug (Part number: F7.0486.1260.x).
Hard disks > 2.1 GB can also have a 68-pin plug (Part number:
F7.0486.1362.x); for connection to a 50-pin connector an adapter is needed
(Part number: F7.0486.1363.x).

Destination Setting
SCSI-ID: Disabled (Address = 0)
Terminator (TE): Enabled
Autospin: Enabled
Parity: Enabled

Chapter 3.4 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Codings, Fuses, LEDs

3.2 SCSI Hard disk


Two equally designed SCSI hard disks are used. They only differ in the
configuration of their jumper settings.

SCSI-hard disk F7.0486.1260.x SCSI-hard disk F7.0486.1260.x


(old version) (new version)

correct jumper configuration: correct jumper configuration:

12 1 12 1
12 1 12 1
Jumper (JP) Jumper (JP)

Jumper JP6 set Jumper JP 5 and JP 6 set

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.4 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Codings, Fuses, LEDs DD+DIS249.02E

3.3 Seagate ST318417N


A hard disk type number ST318418N will follow, please be aware of possible
changes of jumper setting.

pins 13/14 connected


pins 15/16 connected
pins 17/18 connected
pins 3/4 connected pins 19/20 connected
pins 15/16 connected

3.4 IBM DCHS 4.51 GB

jumper
configuration

TERM PWR EN has to be removed

4 Fuses Overview

Ass. Location Fuse Quality protects…


300 VME adapter board SI 1 T 3.2A GS360
200 Galvo power fuse SI201 T 2.0A GS240
200 Stepper motor transformer SI202 T 2.0A TR206
200 Power integration board SI 1 T 2.5A GS410
SI 2 T 2.5A GS602
SI 3 T 2.5A GS712
SI 4 T 2.5A GS412
SI 5 T 6.25A GS710

All fuses are slowblow fuses.

Chapter 3.4 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

Chapter 3.5

List of contents

1 General Information .....................................................................1

2 Removal of Panels .......................................................................1

3 Replacements at Transport Unit .................................................2


3.1 Removing Transport Unit from Digitizer....................................................... 2
3.2 Replacing Vacuum Unit.................................................................................. 2
3.3 Replacing Suction Cups................................................................................. 4
3.4 Replacing Stepper Motor Board .................................................................... 4
3.5 Remounting Transport Unit ........................................................................... 5

4 Replacements at Erasure Unit ....................................................6


4.1 Removing Erasure Unit from Digitizer .......................................................... 6
4.2 Replacing Erasure Lamps.............................................................................. 6
4.3 Remounting Erasure Unit to Digitizer ........................................................... 7

5 Replacements at Power Unit .......................................................8


5.1 Removing Power Unit from Digitizer............................................................. 8
5.2 Removing Power Supply.............................................................................. 10
5.3 Replacing Power Integration Board ............................................................ 11
5.4 Replacing Erasure Control Board ............................................................... 12

6 Replacements at Cassette Unit.................................................14


6.1 Removing Cassette Unit from Digitizer ...................................................... 14
6.2 Replacing 5fold Stepper Motor Board ........................................................ 17
6.3 Replacing Stepper Motor Board .................................................................. 18
6.4 Replacing Cassette Opener Mechanism..................................................... 19

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / I


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

7 Replacements at Scan Unit....................................................... 23


7.1 Removing Scan Unit from Digitizer .............................................................23
7.2 Replacing Laser Module ...............................................................................27
7.2.1 Putting the new Laser in Operation .................................................................29
7.3 Replacing Galvo Replacement Assembly ...................................................30
7.3.1 Remove old Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5145 2040 X)..................30
7.3.2 Remove new Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 X) ................34
7.3.3 Install new Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 X) ....................36
7.3.4 Putting the new Galvo Replacement Assembly into Operation .......................38
7.4 Replacing Photomultiplier ............................................................................39
7.4.1 Putting the new Photomultiplier in Operation ..................................................40
7.5 Replacing Pin Diode Board ..........................................................................41

8 Replacements at the VME-Rack ............................................... 45


8.1 Replacing the Hard Disk ...............................................................................45
8.1.1 Removing a defective Hard Disk .....................................................................45
8.1.2 Re-installation..................................................................................................47
8.1.3 Start up of a new Hard Disk.............................................................................47

Chapter 3.5 / II ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

1 General Information
ADC Solo makes use of parts employing machine specific parameters. These
are Laser, Galvo, Photomultiplier, Pin-Diodes. The corresponding spare parts
kits comprise the new spare part as well as a floppy disk containing necessary
parameters/values/data. The floppy disks are assigned clearly to the spare
part and can not be mistaken. After the new part has been installed, the
parameters are loaded from floppy drive via service menu of the user terminal.
Finally, you are asked to renew the backup. Together with date and counter
stamp the serial number of the exchanged part is automatically registered in
the info counter file under the item “hardware modification history”.

• Disconnect the digitizer from the mains before starting any repair work.
• Danger of cutting! Due to changed production methods, all parts of metal
frame can be sharp-edged.

2 Removal of Panels
2
1

4 3
4

Figure 1

1 Left Side Panel: Open two quick action closures (screw driver, medium
size) and lift side panel off
2 Cover: Open two quick action closures (screw driver, medium size) and
remove cover
3 Right side panel: Press two latches and lift side panel off
4 Top Front Panel: Loosen six Phillips screws and lift front panel off
5 Bottom Front Panel: Press two latches to open the door

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 1


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

3 Replacements at Transport Unit


3.1 Removing Transport Unit from Digitizer

(1) Unplug digitizer from the


mains.
(2) Remove right side panel.
(3) Disconnect plug 1 and 2.

Figure 2 5155_reg03.5_001.jpg

(4) Untie the four fasteners 3.


(5) Remove complete transport
unit from digitizer and put it
down.

Figure 3 5155_reg03.5_002.jpg

3.2 Replacing Vacuum Unit

Socket wrench (5,5 mm)

(1) To prevent from loosing


screws in the digitizer,
first take out complete
transport unit from
digitizer.
(2) Unplug two hoses,
including plastic angles,
from suction cups 1.
(3) Unplug 4-pin and 5-pin
plug.
(4) Unscrew three screws 2 to
loosen vacuum unit. Figure 4 5155_reg03.5_042.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(5) Take out complete


vacuum unit.

Figure 5 5155_reg03.5_043.jpg

(6) Check if there are dust


caps (see arrow) on the
new spare part and
remove all of them
(maximum three).

Figure 6 5155_reg03.5_044.jpg

Figure 7 5155_reg03.5_045.jpg

(7) Install new vacuum unit in


reverse order.
(8) Be aware of guide slot at
suctions cups, to plug
plastic angles in correct
position.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 3


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

3.3 Replacing Suction Cups

Socket wrench (5.5 mm)

(1) To prevent from loosing


screws in the digitizer,
first take out complete
transport unit from
digitizer.
(2) Unplug hose, including
plastic angle, from metal
bolt of suction cup.
(3) Unscrew mounting screw.
(4) Turn metal bolt of suction
cup about 90° by hand Figure 8 5155_reg03.5_046.jpg
and take out suction cup.
(5) Install new suction cup in
reverse order.

3.4 Replacing Stepper Motor Board

(1) For replacing stepper


motor board, take out
complete transport unit
from digitizer.
(2) Place transport unit stable
and protect against tilting.
(3) Move transport robot
upwards.
(4) Unplug both cables.
(5) Press out plastic pins from
metal plate side and
remove stepper motor
board.
(6) Take out plastic pins from
old stepper motor board
and attach them on the Figure 9 5155_reg03.5_047.jpg

new one.
(7) Install new stepper motor
board in reverse order.

Chapter 3.5 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

3.5 Remounting Transport Unit

(1) Before remounting


transport unit in digitizer
check that cassette
opener of cassette unit is
in hidden position.
Otherwise a conflict with
suction cups may appear.
(2) Remount transport unit.
(3) Tie the four fasteners.
(4) Plug in the two cables and
check that power supply
cable may not be clamped
with side panel (see
arrow).

Figure 10 5155_reg03.5_048.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 5


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

4 Replacements at Erasure Unit


4.1 Removing Erasure Unit from Digitizer

(1) Unplug the machine from


the mains.
(2) Open front door.
(3) Push lock 1 downwards.

Figure 11 5155_reg03.5_003.jpg

(4) Pull the erasure unit


cautiously out of the rail.

Figure 12 5155_reg03.5_004.jpg

4.2 Replacing Erasure Lamps

(1) Open the two latches


beside the glass.
(2) Swing up the glass
covering the lamps.

Figure 13 5155_reg03.5_049.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

Always replace all 10 lamps at


the same time!

(3) Pull the lamps carefully


out of their sockets.

The glass bulb of the new


lamps must be clean. Use a
soft cloth, do not touch with
bare fingers.

(4) Insert the new lamps


carefully in their sockets.
(5) Close glass covering and
the two latches.

4.3 Remounting Erasure Unit to Digitizer

(1) Put erasure unit carefully


on the rail and move it into
the digitizer.

By reinserting erasure unit


make sure that lock engages
again.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 7


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

5 Replacements at Power Unit


5.1 Removing Power Unit from Digitizer

Socket wrench (5.5 mm,


7 mm)

(1) Unplug digitizer from the


mains.
(2) Open the front door.
(3) Loosen two screws 1 at
the frame (7 mm socket
wrench).

Figure 14 5155_reg03.5_005.jpg

(4) Unplug two cables on right


hand side.
(5) Pull out power unit
maximum 2 cm out of the
digitizer.

Figure 15 5155_reg03.5_006.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(6) Mark cables before


disconnecting. They could
be mistaken afterwards as
only length difference
could help.
(7) Disconnect plugs 1 and 2.

Unplug the black cables only


by touching the plug.
Never pull at the cable
itself!

Figure 16 5155_reg03.5_007.jpg

(8) Remove metal plate, see


arrow (5.5 mm socket
wrench), where four cable
clamps are mounted.

Figure 17 5155_reg03.5_008.jpg

(9) Remove power unit


carefully from digitizer.

Figure 18 5155_reg03.5_009.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 9


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

5.2 Removing Power Supply

Small screw driver,


socket wrench (5.5 mm)

(1) Unscrew cables at luster


terminals at left side
(-15 V blue, 0 V black,
+15 V red) and at right
side (mains voltage; black
and white cables for
alternating voltage).
(2) Unscrew two screws at
power supply of power
unit, one at each side
(5.5 mm socket wrench).
(3) Take out power supply.
Figure 19 5155_reg03.5_010.jpg

(4) Install new power supply


and be aware of that
labeling is upside down
when mounted.

Figure 20 5155_reg03.5_011.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

5.3 Replacing Power Integration Board

Socket wrench (5.5 mm)

(1) For replacing power


integration board take out
power unit from digitizer.
(2) Unscrew three screws 1.

Figure 21 5155_reg03.5_050.jpg

(3) Press three plastic pins


out of metal plate.

Figure 22 5155_reg03.5_051.jpg

(4) Unplug five cables and


remove board.
(5) Install new power
integration board in
reverse order.
Be aware that board is
very sensitive to bending.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 11


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

5.4 Replacing Erasure Control Board

Socket wrench (5.5 mm)

(1) For replacing erasure


control board take out
power unit from digitizer.
(2) Unplug connections to
transformers.

Figure 23 5155_reg03.5_052.jpg

(3) Unplug three cables at left


side.

Figure 24 5155_reg03.5_053.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(4) Unscrew three screws 1 at


metal plate.

Figure 25 5155_reg03.5_054.jpg

(5) Turn board and unplug


cables at right side.
(6) If new board was delivered
without metal plate,
remove this from old board
and mount it to new one.

Figure 26 5155_reg03.5_055.jpg

(7) Install new erasure control


board in reverse order.
Be aware that board is
very sensitive to bending.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 13


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

6 Replacements at Cassette Unit

For all actions at cassette unit, first remove transport unit.

6.1 Removing Cassette Unit from Digitizer

Phillips screw driver,


socket wrench (7 mm)

(1) Loosen the screws 1 on


the rear side of digitizer.
(2) Push back top cover a
little.
(3) Remove both side panels.

Figure 27 5155_reg03.5_012.jpg

(4) Open front door.

Figure 28 5155_reg03.5_017.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(5) Loosen six screws 1, three at


each side, at front cover.
(6) Remove the front cover.

Figure 29 5155_reg03.5_013.jpg

(7) Disconnect cables of


cassette unit. Two of them
can only be reached from the
front.

Figure 30 5155_reg03.5_014.jpg

(8) Loosen one screw with a


socket wrench (7 mm) to
unfasten energy chain from
frame.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 15


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(9) Loosen three screws 1 of


spindle carriage with socket
wrench (7 mm) for about two
turns.

Figure 31 5155_reg03.5_018.jpg

(10) Turn spindle carriage off the


thread. Mind that it is a left-
handed thread.

Figure 32 5155_reg03.5_019.jpg

(11) Move up IP transport robot by


means of red handle.

Figure 33 5155_reg03.5_020.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 16 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(12) Pull out cassette unit


cautiously with a straight
movement, as bearings do
not guide all along. Mind
position of the hands as
shown beside.
Put cassette unit down.

Figure 34 5155_reg03.5_021.jpg

(13) Reinstall in reverse order.


By reinserting mind not to
cant bearings and do not
push in with force.

6.2 Replacing 5fold Stepper Motor Board

Socket wrench (5.5 mm)

(1) Unplug all cables, if


necessary unscrew cable
clamps.
(2) Push plastic clips and take
board off the pins.

Figure 35 5155_reg03.5_056.jpg

(3) Install new board in


reverse order.
Be aware that board is
very sensitive to bending.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 17


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

6.3 Replacing Stepper Motor Board

Socket wrench (5.5 mm),


pliers

(1) Unscrew energy chain to


have free access to
stepper motor board.
(2) Unplug all cables.

Figure 36 5155_reg03.5_057.jpg

(3) Take board off the plastic


pins, if necessary by
means of a pliers.

Figure 37 5155_reg03.5_058.jpg

(4) Install new board in


reverse order.
Be aware that board is
very sensitive to bending.

Chapter 3.5 / 18 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

6.4 Replacing Cassette Opener Mechanism

If light barrier flag of cassette


opener brakes when it
touches frame of cassette
opener while it is moved
down, it is not necessary to
replace complete cassette
opener mechanism.

Light barrier flag is a


separately available spare
part. Order number:
CM+9.5146.5911.x

Figure 38

Screw driver,
socket wrench (7 mm)

(1) For replacing cassette


opener mechanism first
take out complete
cassette unit from
digitizer.
(2) Remove spring washers
at both sides of shaft.
Pay attention that shaft is
not scratched during
replacement as it touches
IP directly in normal
operation.

Figure 39 5155_reg03.5_059.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 19


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(3) Remove deflector plate


by unscrewing three
screws by a socket
wrench (7 mm).

Figure 40 5155_reg03.5_060.jpg

Figure 41 5155_reg03.5_061.jpg

(4) Remove I/O slot opener


by unscrewing two
screws by a socket
wrench (7 mm).

Figure 42 5155_reg03.5_062.jpg

(5) Remove light barrier


mount by unscrewing two
adjoining screws by a
socket wrench (7 mm).

Figure 43 5155_reg03.5_063.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 20 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(6) Remove black plastic


frame of opener by
unscrewing four screws,
two on both sides, by a
socket wrench (7 mm).

Figure 44 5155_reg03.5_064.jpg

(7) Remove spring washer at


right side of shaft.
(8) Push black plastic crank
carefully to right side. It
can be moved by red
handle to loosen contact
to shaft.

Figure 45 5155_reg03.5_065.jpg

(9) Remove alignment plate


by means of a Phillips
screw driver.

Figure 46 5155_reg03.5_066.jpg

(10) Turn complete cassette


unit and swing up 5fold
stepper motor board to
have access to the rear
side.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 21


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(11) Unplug connector to


cassette detection switch
(ST 8) at 5fold stepper
motor board of cassette
unit.
(12) Unscrew two nuts at rear
side which mount
cassette opener.

Figure 47 5155_reg03.5_067.jpg

(13) Take out toothed belt and


remove cassette opener.

Figure 48 5155_reg03.5_068.jpg

(14) Install new cassette


opener in reverse order.

Chapter 3.5 / 22 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

7 Replacements at Scan Unit


For all actions at scan unit the following preparations have to be carried
out:
• Disconnect mains cable
• Open front door
• Remove both side panels
• Remove IP-transport Unit
• Remove Erasure Unit

7.1 Removing Scan Unit from Digitizer

In the field exist different types of Scanners. The following procedure is


adapted to Advanced Scanners. For replacement of Standard Scanner,
please mind enclosed documentation to Advanced Scanner.
For the following serial numbers the digitizers are equipped with Advanced
Scanners from production on:
ADC Solo: from SN 2527 to SN 2545
from SN 2674 on
Centricity CR SP1001: from SN 9063 on

Phillips screw driver,


Allen key (5 mm),
socket wrench (4 mm, 13 mm)
(1) Tip over VME-Rack and
unplug unifilar cable at
rear side.

Figure 49 5155_reg03.5_022.jpg

(2) Unscrew cable from Galvo


and unplug afterwards.

Figure 50 5155_reg03.5_072.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 23


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(3) Loosen Allen screw; there


may be perceptible
resistance due to Locktite
saved connection.

Figure 51 5155_reg03.5_023.jpg

(4) Unscrew two screws 1 to


loosen scan unit from
frame.

Figure 52 5155_reg03.5_024.jpg

(5) Pull out scan unit a little.


(6) Disconnect the front plug
connections 1.
(7) Disconnect the plugs 2.

To remove cables, touch only


at the plugs!

(8) Remove the four


grounding clamps 3.
(9) Unscrew metal plate on
power unit. Figure 53 5155_reg03.5_025.jpg

(10) Unplug cable from erasure


unit.

Chapter 3.5 / 24 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(11) Remove grounding clamps


at both sides of boards.
(12) Disconnect all plugs at
both sides from boards.

Figure 54 5155_reg03.5_069.jpg

(13) Unplug flat cable on left


side of scanner.

Figure 55 5155_reg03.5_073.jpg

(14) Unplug hind cable (which


is closer to side panel) on
top of photomultiplier.

Figure 56 5155_reg03.5_028.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 25


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(15) Disconnect three cables at


laser module.

Figure 57 5155_reg03.5_029.jpg

(16) Pull out scan unit until you


have access to cable at
Galvo box.
(17) Unscrew and unplug
cable.

Figure 58 5155_reg03.5_074.jpg

(18) Put cable tree on the door


to have free access to the
scan unit.

Wear safety shoes while


removing scan unit.

(19) Pull out complete scan


unit carefully.

Figure 59 5155_reg03.5_070.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 26 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(20) Bring scan unit on a safe


place and take care that it
can not tilt.

Figure 60 5155_reg03.5_071.jpg

(21) Install new scan unit in


reverse order.

7.2 Replacing Laser Module

Allen key (5 mm),


socket wrench (13 mm),
screw driver.

(1) Loosen Allen screw; there


may be perceptible
resistance due to Locktite
saved connection.
(2) Pull out scan unit a little,
to have access to laser
module on left side of
digitizer.

Figure 61 5155_reg03.5_023.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 27


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(3) Disconnect three cables at


the laser module.

Figure 62 5155_reg03.5_029.jpg

(4) Unscrew three Allen


screws 1.

Figure 63 5155_reg03.5_034.jpg

(5) Pull out the laser module.

Figure 64 5155_reg03.5_035.jpg

(6) Installation of the new


laser module in reverse
order.

Chapter 3.5 / 28 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

7.2.1 Putting the new Laser in Operation

(1) Switch on the Digitizer.


(2) Insert floppy disk, enclosed to new laser module.
(3) Enter Service Menu at the user terminal.
(4) Select:
INSTALL from floppy
Laser power factor
System requests:
Compare SN given on the laser label with the SN stored on the
floppy disk.
After confirmation, that SN is corresponding, parameters are
loaded to digitizer and SN of the exchange part is automatically
entered in the info counter file at “Hardware replacement history”.
(5) Remove floppy from disk drive.
(6) Update backup.
(7) Check laser beam position; therefore select at Service Menu:
Checks
Check laser
Laser beam position

The laser beam must be visible with the same brightness on both
fiber spots. If brightness is different, adjust the laser beam
position with the Galvo adjustment screws (see chapter 3.6).
(8) Check image quality with flatfield exposures.
(9) Calibrate all formats, if necessary.
(10) Update the backup to save the calibration data; therefore select at
Service Menu:
Save on floppy
Machine specific data
(11) Follow the online instructions.
(12) Enter SN number of the Digitizer on the label of laser floppy disk.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 29


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

7.3 Replacing Galvo Replacement Assembly

For removal instructions please refer to point 7.3.1 if there is an old Galvo
Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5145 2040 X) installed in the digitizer, or to
point 7.3.2 if a new one (CM+9 5155 2040 X) is installed.

Small screw driver,


Allen key , 3 mm
Socket wrench, 5.5 and 7 mm

7.3.1 Remove old Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5145 2040 X)

(1) Open the front door.


(2) Open two quick action
closures at left side panel
and lift side panel off.
(3) Unscrew two screws
(7 mm socket wrench) and
take out the EMC cover.

Figure 65 5155_dis04905_005.jpg

(4) Loosen four nuts by hand.

(5) Remove dust cup.

Figure 66 5155_reg03.5_036.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 30 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(6) Disconnect cable 1 from


Galvanometer.
(7) Unscrew two Allen
screws 2
(3 mm Allen key).

Figure 67 5155_reg03.5_037.jpg

(8) Pull out Galvanometer


carefully.

Figure 68 5155_reg03.5_038.jpg

(9) Unscrew two screws


(small screw driver) and
unplug cable at Galvobox.

Figure 69 5155_dis04905_001.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 31


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(10) Loosen nut by hand (see


arrow) and remove ferrite
core from rubber mount.
Attach nut again, as
rubber mount remains in
place.

Figure 70 5155_dis04905_002.cdr

(11) Unscrew three stud bolts


(see arrows) at Galvobox
and take it out carefully.

Figure 71 5155_dis04905_003.cdr

(12) Unscrew shielding


(5.5 mm socket wrench)
and unplug the two
cables on top of the
Galvobox.
(13) Take out the Galvobox
carefully.

Figure 72 5155_dis04905_004.cdr

Chapter 3.5 / 32 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(14) Unpack new Galvo


Replacement Assembly.

Figure 73 5155_dis04905_006.jpg

(15) Put complete old Galvo


Replacement Assembly
into transport box.

Figure 74 5155_dis04905_007.jpg

(16) For installation of new


Galvo Replacement
Assembly, refer to point
7.3.3.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 33


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

7.3.2 Remove new Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 X)

(1) Open the front door.


(2) Open two quick action
closures at left side panel
and lift side panel off.
(3) Unscrew two screws
(7 mm socket wrench) and
take out the EMC cover.

Figure 75 5155_dis04905_005.jpg

(4) Loosen four nuts by hand


at dust cap and remove it.

Figure 76 5155_dis04905_012.cdr

(5) Disconnect two cables


from Galvanometer.

Figure 77 5155_dis04905_013.cdr

Chapter 3.5 / 34 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(6) Unscrew two Allen


screws (3 mm Allen key)
and pull out Galvanometer
carefully.

Figure 78 5155_dis04905_014.jpg

(7) Unscrew three stud bolts


(see arrows) at Galvobox
and take it out carefully.

Figure 79 5155_dis04905_003.cdr

(8) Unscrew shielding


(5.5 mm socket wrench)
and unplug the two cables
on top of the Galvobox.

(9) Take out the Galvobox


carefully.

Figure 80 5155_dis04905_004.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 35


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(10) Unpack newly delivered


Galvo Replacement
Assembly and put the
removed one into the
transport box.

Figure 81 5155_dis04905_006.jpg

7.3.3 Install new Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 X)

Handle Galvanometer
carefully and do not cant it
when inserting. Connection
must be correct after
inserting. Incorrect
connection results in a
damaged Galvanometer!

(1) Insert Galvanometer and


ensure that it is engaged
completely. Fasten two
screws (3 mm Allen key). Figure 82 5155_dis04905_007.jpg

(2) Plug in two cables and


fasten screw of shielding
(5.5 mm socket wrench) at
Galvobox.

Figure 83 5155_dis04905_009.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 36 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(3) Insert Galvobox carefully


and fasten three stud bolts
(see arrows).

Figure 84 5155_dis04905_003.cdr

Only one orientation of the


connectors is correct, as pins
in the sockets are not centred
(see sketch)!

(4) Plug in two connectors at


Galvanometer (see
arrows):
eight-pole at left socket
and seven-pole connector
at right socket.
Figure 85 5155_dis04905_010.cdr

(5) Fasten four nuts by hand


to attach dust cap. Please
mind cable position (see
arrow)!

Figure 86 5155_dis04905_011.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 37


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(6) Insert EMC cover and


fasten two screws
(7 mm socket wrench).
(7) Close left side panel and
front door.

7.3.4 Putting the new Galvo Replacement Assembly into Operation

(1) Switch on digitizer.


(2) Insert Galvo specific data floppy disk which is enclosed to new Galvo
Replacement Assembly.
(3) Enter Service Menu at the user terminal
(4) Select:
INSTALL from floppy
Galvanometer curve
(5) System requests to compare SN on the Galvanometer label with the SN
stored on the Galvo specific data floppy disk. After confirmation, that SN
is corresponding, the parameters are loaded to the digitizer and SN of
the exchange part is automatically entered in the info counter file at
“Hardware replacement history” together with date and counter stamp.
(6) Remove Galvo specific data floppy from disk drive.
(7) Update the backup.
(8) Check laser beam position; therefore select at Service Menu:
Checks
Check laser
Laser beam position

The laser beam must be visible with the same brightness on both fiber
spots. If brightness is different, adjust the laser beam position with the
Galvo adjustment screws (see chapter 3.6 Adjustments and Calibration
“Adjustment of Laser Beam”).
(9) Check image quality with flatfield exposures.
(10) Calibrate all formats, if necessary.
(11) In case of calibrations done, update the backup to save the calibration
data; therefore select at Service Menu:
Save on floppy
Machine specific data
(12) Follow the online instructions.
(13) Enter SN number of the digitizer on the label of Galvo specific data
floppy.

Chapter 3.5 / 38 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

7.4 Replacing Photomultiplier

Allen key (3 mm)


Socket wrench (13 mm)
(1) Loosen Allen screw; there
may be perceptible
resistance due to Locktite
saved connection.
(2) Pull out scan unit a little,
to have access to
photomultiplier on left side
of digitizer.

Figure 87 5155_reg03.5_023.jpg

(3) Disconnect plug at side of


photomultiplier.

Figure 88 5155_reg03.5_030.jpg

(4) Disconnect two cables on


top of photomultiplier.

Figure 89 5155_reg03.5_028.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 39


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(5) Unlock photomultiplier by


turning its bayonet
coupling counterclockwise
until it is unlatched.
Take out photomultiplier.

Figure 90 5155_reg03.5_031.jpg

(6) Installation in reverse


order.

7.4.1 Putting the new Photomultiplier in Operation

(1) Switch off the Digitizer.


(2) Insert floppy disk, enclosed to new Photomultiplier.
(3) Enter Service Menu at the user terminal.
(4) Select:
INSTALL from floppy
PMT settings
(5) Parameters mfa / mfb are loaded to the digitizer.
(6) Follow the online instructions.
(7) Enter the SN number of digitizer on the label of the photomultiplier floppy
disk.
(8) Update backup.

Chapter 3.5 / 40 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

7.5 Replacing Pin Diode Board

Socket wrench (5.5 mm),


Open-end wrench (7 mm,
10 mm),
Screw driver
(1) Unplug cables at pin
diode board.
(2) Mark position 1 of motor.
The mark is necessary to
reproduce belt tension
afterwards.
(3) Unscrew two screws 2
by socket wrench
5.5 mm, positioned
under toothed belt.

Figure 91 5155_reg03.5_077.jpg

(4) Loosen two screws


open-end wrench
10 mm, for moving
motor.

Figure 92 5155_reg03.5_078.jpg

(5) Move motor from right to


left and take away
toothed belt. Afterwards
take out complete metal
angle with motor on.

Figure 93 5155_reg03.5_079.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 41


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(6) Remove spring washers


on both sides of gear

Figure 94 5155_reg03.5_080.jpg

(7) Unscrew two nuts at


upper mounting open-
end wrench 7 mm

Figure 95 5155_reg03.5_081.jpg

(8) Move two bearings away


from each other by
means of a small screw
driver

Figure 96 5155_reg03.5_082.jpg

(9) Unscrew c-clips


protection at scan roller
and remove scan roller
carefully

Chapter 3.5 / 42 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(10) Take out springs at


aluminum bracket and
bracket itself

Figure 97 5155_reg03.5_083.jpg

(11) Remove worm wheel


(12) Remove spring washers
at both sides of drive
shaft and take out drive
shaft itself by moving
backwards.

Figure 98 5155_reg03.5_084.jpg

(13) Unplug connection to


diode
(14) Unscrew two screws
(socket wrench 5.5 mm),
to dismount metal
bracket

Figure 99 5155_reg03.5_085.jpg

(15) Move board to left side


until it stops.
(16) To take out the board
you have to pass two
screws on the right side.
Therefore bend board
very carefully, turn it into
a horizontal position and
take it out.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 43


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(17) After reinserting the new


pin diode board, make
sure that board engages
properly
(18) Push the board to the
very right side, hold it in
place and mount the
metal bracket. Check
that the board cannot
move.
(19) Connect plugs. Only plug
for motor is connected
later.
(20) Insert drive shaft. Make
sure that its ends
engages in correct
position and that light
barrier flag is in
functional position.
(21) Mount aluminum angle
and springs
(22) Mount motor and toothed
belt
(23) Screw loose-fitting two
5,5 mm screws under
belt
(24) Mount motor by two
screws with open-end
wrench 10 mm, at
position marked before.
(25) Check and resp. adjust
tension of toothed belt by
pressing moderate with
two fingers. Distance
should be approx. 1,5 cm
(0.6 inch).
(26) Fix screws under belt.
Figure 100 5155_reg03.5_086.jpg

(27) Wind cable around feed


line of motor and connect
plug of light barrier to
motor

Chapter 3.5 / 44 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

8 Replacements at the VME-Rack


8.1 Replacing the Hard Disk

8.1.1 Removing a defective Hard Disk

In order to avoid any damage at the storage board, replace the HDD very
cautiously.

Phillips screw driver medium


size
(1) Tip over VME-Rack

Figure 101 5155_reg03.5_022.jpg

(2) Loosen four Phillips


screws 1 at front of
storage board of VME-
Rack.
These are captive
screws. They cannot be Figure 102 5155_reg03.5_088.jpg

removed completely.

(3) Pull the storage board


cautiously out.

Figure 103 5155_reg03.5_090.jpg

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 45


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS104.05E

(4) Disconnect the


connector of the 5-V-
power supply from the
storage board 1.
(5) Loosen the two terminal
rails 2.
(6) Disconnect the ribbon
cables 3 and 4 from
floppy disk drive and
hard disk.

Figure 104 5155_reg03.5_091.jpg

(7) Figure beside shows the


storage board with the
inserted hard disk.

Figure 105 5155_reg03.5_092.jpg

(8) Loosen four round-head


screws at the rear of the
storage board to
separate the hard disk
from the storage board.

Figure 106 5155_reg03.5_093.jpg

Chapter 3.5 / 46 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 8


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS104.05E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(9) Disconnect the


connector of the 5-V
power supply (circle)
from the hard disk.
(10) Remove the hard disk
from the storage board.

Figure 107 5155_reg03.5_094.jpg

8.1.2 Re-installation

(1) Install the new hard disk


in reverse order.

8.1.3 Start up of a new Hard Disk

(1) Disconnect the digitizer from the network.


(2) Connect terminal (PC) to service port and start a terminal program.
(3) Insert the Hard Disk Formatter Floppy (Disk1 of 4) into the disk drive of
the digitizer.
(4) Switch on the digitizer.
(5) Wait until you get the final message on the terminal program or
wait until control LED of the floppy drive is off.
(6) Insert the second floppy (Disk2 of 4) into the disk drive of the digitizer.
(7) Reset the digitizer with the reset button.
(8) Wait until you get the final message on the terminal program or
wait until control LED of the floppy drive is off.
(9) Repeat the last 3 steps for Disk 3 and 4.
(10) Restore machine specific data (controlled via key-pad).
(11) Select:
Install from floppy
Machine specific data
(12) Follow the online instructions.
(13) Reset the digitizer with the reset button.
(14) Reconnect the network.

Edition 2, Revision 8 ADC Solo Chapter 3.5 / 47


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

Chapter 3.6:

List of contents

1 Overview of possible Adjustments ...........................1

2 Mechanical Adjustments ............................................2


2.1 Adjustment of Scanner Position ..................................................2
2.1.1 Adjustment Procedure...........................................................................2
3 Optical Adjustments ...................................................5
3.1 Adjustment of Laser Beam ............................................................5
3.1.1 Principle.................................................................................................5
3.1.2 Adjustment Procedure...........................................................................6
3.2 Shading Calibration .........................................................................8
3.2.1 Possible Reasons for a Calibration.......................................................8
3.2.2 Preparation of Calibration Procedure....................................................9
3.2.3 Shading Calibration Procedure ...........................................................10
3.2.4 Possible Results of the Shading Calibration.......................................10

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

1 Overview of possible Adjustments

Adjustments

mechanical optical
see 2 see 3

Scanner Position Laser Beam


see 2.1 see 3.1

Shading
Calibration
see 3.2

5155_reg3.6_001.cdr

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

2 Mechanical Adjustments
2.1 Adjustment of Scanner Position

The following is a critical adjustment! Do only carry out if you are used to this
procedure. Please contact HE/IMG-GSO before starting this procedure.

An adjustment of the scanner position is necessary in cases of changed


geometric or material properties of the clamping elements in general. This
may cause frequent IP jams in the scan unit.

Carry out this adjustment only with digitizers showing this problem frequently!

2.1.1 Adjustment Procedure

(1) Prepare a
15 x 30 cm respectively a
18 x 24 cm cassette with an IP
inside

(2) Remove both side panels and


bridge the interlock switch with
service key

(3) Switch on the digitizer

(4) For adjusting the scanner the


fastening at the left side of the
digitizer has to be modified (see
circle in Figure 1 and Figure 2)

Figure 1

Chapter 3.6 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

Figure 2
(5) Mark with a permanent marker
or a scriber the fastening nut
and the fastening plate.

The mark makes it easier to


count the turns of the nut.

Figure 3
(6) Turn the marked nut with an
open-end wrench 13 mm
(0.51 inch) one complete turn
counterclockwise.

The scanner tilts to the left side,


with view from the input slot.

Figure 4
(7) Retighten the nut behind the
fastening plate, mounted on the
thread of the clamper.

Figure 5
(8) Enter Service Menu
2 Maintenance
3 Test and adjust cycle
2 Cycle without scan

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

(9) Set number of cycles to 1 and


start test cycle with prepared
cassette (15 x 30 cm or 18 x 24
cm).

(10) Is the IP transported and sucked


correctly, repeat steps (6) to (9)
as long as the IP is no more
sucked or transported into the
cassette.

(11) When IP is no longer sucked or


only partly sucked, switch off the
digitizer.

(12) Loosen the nut behind the


fastening plate, mounted on the
thread of the clamper and turn
the marked nut one complete
turn clockwise.

(13) Remove IP by hand, reset the


digitizer and start again a test
cycle.

(14) Is the IP transportation working


correctly, turn the marked nut
again one complete turn
clockwise. Tighten the nut
behind the fastening plate.

(15) Carry out a test cycle with all


cassette formats available on
site.

(16) After adjustment is finished


remove service key at the
interlock switch and reassemble
side panel.

Chapter 3.6 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

3 Optical Adjustments
3.1 Adjustment of Laser Beam

3.1.1 Principle

1 Galvanometer mirror
1
2 Small scan width: Slits 4 are not
illuminated
3 3
3 Broad scan width: Slits 4 are
illuminated, caused by operation 2

with highest amplitude of the


4 4
galvanometer.
5
4 Slits on PIN-diodes plate 6

5 Optical fibers 5
5155_reg3.6_002.cdr

6 Fiber spots: Laser beam position Figure 6


is correct, when both spots are
on (red light visible)

The fiber spots are located behind the left side panel of the digitizer between
Galvo and Galvo driver/adapter board ( see Figure 7 below).

Figure 7

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

3.1.2 Adjustment Procedure

Lubricate the adjustment screws with “Isoflex Topas” if they do not turn
smoothly.

C
E D

F C
E
D

B F

5155_reg3.6_003.cdr

Figure 8

(1) Unscrew dust cap A with an


allen key 2.5 mm (0.1 inch) from
galvanometer B.
(2) Loosen screws C / C' slightly
with an allen key 2 mm (0.08
inch).
(3) Adjust the laser beam by turning
screws D / D' with a screwdriver.
(4) Tighten the screws C / C' again.
(5) If the galvanometer is adjusted
correctly, both fiber spots are
on.

Chapter 3.6 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

3.1.2.1 Fiber Spots are not on

If the fiber spots are not on, the height-adjustment E and the side-adjustment
F have to be varied until the fiber spots shine simultaneously.

(1) If the laser beam is completely


misadjusted (e.g. after the galvo
mount has been replaced) turn
the height-adjustment screw
until one fiber spot turns red.
(2) Turn the side-adjustment screw
until the second fiber spot turns
red.
(3) Mount dust cap A.

3.1.2.2 First Fiber Spot goes out again

It happens quite often that the first fiber spot goes out again. If this is the
case, proceed as follows:

(1) Turn the side-adjustment screw


F until the second fiber spot
turns red. Keep on turning until
the second fiber spot appears a
second time.
(2) Remember the amount of turns
between the two control spots
and turn the screw half way
back.
(3) Do the height-adjustment E
once again until both fiber spots
go on.
(4) Mount dust cap A.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

3.2 Shading Calibration

3.2.1 Possible Reasons for a Calibration

Symptom Defect Solution


Exchange of the New galvanometer Carry out a shading
galvanometer needs to be adapted to calibration
the digitizer
Exchange of the photo No power supply • Check connections
multiplier
New photo multiplier • Carry out a shading
needs to be adapted to calibration
the digitizer
Exchange of the scan New scan unit can be Check image quality with a
unit misadjusted flat field:
• If the quality is ok, you
do not have to carry out
any adjustment
• If the image has stripes
in slow-scan direction
carry out a shading
calibration
Exchange of the laser New laser can be Check image quality with a
misadjusted flat field:
• If the quality is ok, you
do not have to carry out
any adjustment
• If the image has stripes
in slow-scan direction
carry out a shading
calibration
Changes at the Position of the laser Check image quality with a
galvanometer beam is affected and flat field:
adjustment screw can be misadjusted • If the quality is ok, you
do not have to carry out
any adjustment
• If the image has stripes
in slow-scan direction
carry out a shading
calibration

Chapter 3.6 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

Symptom Defect Solution


Inhomogeneous Laser beam position • Check position of the
images with lines in can be misadjusted laser beam and adjust
slow-scan direction it if necessary

Scan area can be • Check if there is dust in


dusty the scan area and
clean it with the scan
brush if necessary

Relation between • Check the image


correction factor and quality again and if it is
glass fiber can be still inhomogeneous,
different carry out a calibration
Inhomogeneous X-ray device causes Cannot be solved by an
images with two- inhomogeneties adjustment of the digitizer!
dimensional errors

3.2.2 Preparation of Calibration Procedure

For the calibration you need a copper filter and an erased image plate, which
is dry, clean and immaculate. The cassette with the image plate inside needs
not to be identified. For the shading calibration an exposed cassette with
35 x 43 cm size format must be used (for detecting the borders of the IP).

3.2.2.1 Exposure of the Cassette

The cassette must be exposed with 20 µGy in total. To achieve a good


evenness of the exposure it is recommended to expose two times with 10 µGy
by turning the cassette 180° between the first and second exposure.

Dose of 10 µGy can be


achieved with:

• 7.5 mAs
• 77 kV
• 1.3 m distance
• large focus 51
5 5_
re g3

.6
1.5 mm copper filter _0
04 .cd
r

Use a dosimeter to
measure the dose! OK not OK
Figure 1

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

The entire image plate


must be fully exposed!
No collimating is needed!

5155_reg3.6_005.cdr
Figure 2

3.2.3 Shading Calibration Procedure

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
2 MAINTENANCE
2 Calibration

(3) Parameters are shown on the


display

(4) Insert exposed cassette, select


format and the calibration starts
automatically

(5) Follow the instructions on the


display

3.2.4 Possible Results of the Shading Calibration

The Scan Average Level (SAL) is the digital value (gray scale) of a pixel and is
one of the criteria for a successful calibration. The values during a calibration
must be in a range of approximately 730 to 4095 with a 12 bit adjustment.

3.2.4.1 Successful Calibration

(1) Info message pops up and


calibration line is stored
automatically

Chapter 3.6 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

(2) Redo the calibration for the other


formats

3.2.4.2 Underexposed (SAL12bit < 730)

(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Increase the exposure dose and


redo the calibration

(3) If it is still underexposed check


the following digitizer settings:
• Correct installation of the
photomultiplier floppy after a
replacement
• Correct installation of the
backup floppy after software
installation with formatting boot
floppy
• Check content of the nveSCN0
file where the parameters are
included. It must contain mfa
and mfb values! If these values
are equal to default (mfa 2.9
and mfb 0.27) it can be, that
the correct values have been
lost at a service interaction.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 11


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

3.2.4.3 Overexposed (SAL 12bit > 4094)

(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Reduce the exposure dose and


redo the calibration

(3) If it is still overexposed check the


following digitizer settings:
• Correct installation of the
photomultiplier floppy after a
replacement
• Correct installation of the
backup floppy after software
installation with formatting boot
floppy
• Check content of the file where
the parameters are included. It
must contain mfa and mfb
values! If these values are
equal to default (mfa 2.9 and
mfb 0.27) it can be, that the
correct values have been lost
at a service interaction

3.2.4.4 Dust detected

(1) Failure message pops up

Chapter 3.6 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS249.02E Adjustments and Calibration

(2) Clean the fiber optics with the


built-in brush

(3) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field

(4) Check the image plate for


scratches in slow-scan direction

(5) If none of these actions show


success, look at the calibration
curves with a browser and
analyze the flat field image at the
workstation and go on there.

3.2.4.5 Bad IP (too big deviations of the border)

(1) Failure message pops up


(2) Check if the exposure was really
a flat field
(3) Expose another image plate
which is dry, clean and
immaculate.
(4) Redo calibration

3.2.4.6 No flat field (dynamic range bigger than 1:2)

(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 3.6 / 13


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS249.02E

(3) Make sure that the image plate


was exposed without collimation

(4) Check the image plate for


scratches in slow-scan direction

(5) Redo calibration

3.2.4.7 Skewing (warning)

(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field

Chapter 3.6 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS349.03E Software-Releases, Patches

Chapter 3.8

List of contents

1 Release Info for SOL_1302 ....................................... 1


1.1 What is new in SOL_1302? ..................................................... 1
1.2 Known bugs in SOL_1302....................................................... 2

2 Release Info for SOL_1407 ....................................... 3


2.1 What is new in SOL_1407? ..................................................... 3
2.2 Known bugs in SOL_1407? .................................................... 4

3 Release Info for SOL_2003 ....................................... 5


3.1 What is new in SOL_2003? ..................................................... 5
3.2 Known Bugs in SOL_2003 ...................................................... 5

4 Release Info for SOL_2101 ....................................... 6


4.1 What is new in SOL_2101? ..................................................... 6
4.2 Known Bugs in SOL_2101 ...................................................... 7

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 3.8 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS349.03E Software-Releases, Patches

1 Release Info for SOL_1302


1.1 What is new in SOL_1302?

1.1.1 Technical Specifications


• Longer light barrier flags for the scan rolls lift drive are supported. This
flag improves the clamping of the image plate.
• Rescue cycles are performed in case of former errors 247A7 and 247AA.
• Former error code 247A6 is replaced by 247AB and 247AC to show more
details.
• Debouncing of the vacuum sensor is improved.
• Alignment of 8’’ x 10’’ cassettes is improved.
• Direct Identification is fully supported.
• Fast Preview is fully supported.
• Scan size 21 cm x 43 cm (asymmetric) is supported.
• Mammo Cassettes are fully supported.
• In Full Leg/Full Spine mode, the scan area has been improved.
It is, however, not possible to work in Full Leg/Full Spine mode together
with Direct Identification.
• I/V-converter signal is now adjusted periodically and tested during start-
up.
• During sweep, calibration an additional error might appear due to
extended tests during this calibration. This might lead to the new error
code 20C76.
• ADC Solo is able to handle hard disks > 2 GB.
• New acceleration curve for slow scan drive. This modification has an
impact on the throughput.
• Full support for Erasure Control Board F8.5155.6410.1, F8.5155.6410.3,
F8.5155.6410.4.
• Correct Size Matching Factor in HT-Formula.
• MT-safe and corrected version of stepper driver and UPI-layer.
• Optimized stepper motor currents.
• The vacuum system tests are now tolerant against the latency of the
sensors.

1.1.2 User Interface


• Name of the Service Report File has changed from d:/SOL_<fn_nr>.rpt to
d:/<fn_nr>rpt.rpt in order to have a unique name for it even after having
compressed it for download through the HTML interface.

1.1.3 Additional Service Functionalities


• The total amount of cycles is stored now in a list with one entry per month.
This list is open-ended.

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 3.8 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
Software-Releases, Patches DD+DIS349.03E

1.2 Known bugs in SOL_1302

• It is possible that the message "<workstation> not ready" appears more


frequently due to network timeouts. In such a case, a retransmission is
initiated automatically. There is no need to reset the digitizer. Even the
message on the screen does not need to be confirmed explicitly. This
came along with the introduction of a new network driver that offers a
considerable higher throughput in an ordinary networking environment.
• Direct ID and "Image queue full"
If the digitizer is set to offline mode in the key operator menu and the
direct identification mode is selected, the system hangs after all image
buffers (10) are full.
• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
"<workstation> not ready" appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• Image loss when power-off immediately (within a few seconds) after the
scan.
• Cassette not marked “erased” when power-off at a certain position during
return of IP into the cassette.

Remark: To avoid any formatting, the ‚format‘ program is delivered no more.


'format' would cause a complete loss of the test images.

Chapter 3.8 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 4


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS349.03E Software-Releases, Patches

2 Release Info for SOL_1407


2.1 What is new in SOL_1407?

• Direct ID configuration has been enhanced and offers an additional


selection <None> to switch off the Direct ID mode.
• New scanner mechanics with increased scan rolls pressure require a
stronger stepper motor. The software is able to handle both motors. The
default configuration is ‘Old Small Motor’. The change to ‘New Big Motor’
is done in production with SSCTEST -> Configurations.
• A new menu entry has been added to install all necessary parameters for
a complete scanner:
Service -> Install from Floppy -> 11 Complete Scanner.
• Small and medium sized cassettes are unclamped with higher speed to
avoid movement of cassettes and in consequence cassette jams.
• If cassette detection switch on clamping becomes free while taking IP out
of cassette (15 x 30 cm format), cassette is closed, re-clamped and
reopened before return of IP.
• New run-up curves for some stepper motors:
− Cassette transport roll in cassette unit
− Cassette unit belt
− IP transport unit

• The new SINSTEP firmware SM5_1113.hex is now loaded to all stepper


motor nodes.
• The galvanometer is now set to amplitude 0 immediately after scan to
prolong its lifetime.
• 40 cycles clearing sweep before scan, if amplitude was 0 for more than 45
seconds. The power for the galvanometer control unit is switched off after
one hour stand-by, as before.
• The working time of the laser diode and the photomultiplier as well as the
working cycles of the galvanometer are stored in the info counters now.
The date of the first entry is stored as well.
• At replacement of one of these parts, the referring counter is reset and its
old value written to the hardware replacement history.
• A few spare-part laser modules may have left the factory with a wrong
setting of the jumper J1 on the laser control board inside the laser
module. This jumper switches the laser to constant on, which is needed
during production, but which reduces the laser lifetime at the installed
system.
The old software could not detect this problem during self-test.
The new software tests for that problem during its start-up self-test. It
does not display an error, but makes an entry to the warning table of the
info counters.

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 3.8 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
Software-Releases, Patches DD+DIS349.03E

• The compensation of the I/V converter offset has been improved. Now
there is one additional iteration step and the previously calculated value is
taken into account (same as ADCC+).
The limit for generating the warning 20C46 was increased from ±10mV to
±20mV.

2.2 Known bugs in SOL_1407?

• In heavily loaded network environments or due to performance restrictions


of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message “<workstation>
not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview and direct
identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of the image
to the workstation, but there is no need for any user intervention.
• Images, made with emergency keys 1 or 2, might have no date in DICOM
stream.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the diagnostic
software are not the same. The diagnostic software indicates that the
GS220 (current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning indicates
that the erasure control board is defective.
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message.
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds).
• Description for error 2247C missing (Timeout of stepper drive clamping
during home positioning).
• Wrong error message if no erasure lamps in erasure unit.

Chapter 3.8 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 4


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS349.03E Software-Releases, Patches

3 Release Info for SOL_2003


3.1 What is new in SOL_2003?

• SOL_2003 supports subtypes 100, 105, 200, 201


Type 100: Standard ADC Solo
Type 105: Only a subset of cassette formats and IP type MD15 can
be handled by this device. This subtype can be upgraded by means
of an upgrade floppy, installed as ordinary software. Upgrading must be
done in the service menu, by an field service engineer.
Type 200: OEM device
Type 201: OEM device

• Speedclass button user configurable


The speedclass for both buttons can be individually configured by the
user now (Keyoperator- / Setup Digitizer). In addition to the explicit
speedclasses ‘default’ can be selected. This setting uses the
speedclasses as defined in the corresponding EXAM table entry of the
CPF-file.
This feature is available in all subtypes of ADC Solo.

• Log level increased


Log level increased to reduce occurrence frequency of error 2247C due to
busy flag set not correctly.

3.2 Known Bugs in SOL_2003


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• Images made with emergency keys 1 or 2 might have no date in DICOM
stream.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the diagnostic
software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that the GS220
(current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning indicates that
the erasure control board is defective.
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message.
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds).
• Description for error 2247C missing (Timeout of stepper drive clamping
during home positioning).
• Wrong error message if no erasure lamps in erasure unit.
• Throughput for cassette 35CMX43CM.SR marginally below spec.

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 3.8 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
Software-Releases, Patches DD+DIS349.03E

• UI Spec. Service Level not updated with functions of SOL_140x.


• Error 2247C at cassette handling occurs at certain machines.
• System hold during endurance run.
• Error 224BF when canceling test cycle.
• Configuration settings not immediately written to disk. Configuration
settings, such as fast preview on/off, rerouting, settings for speedclass
buttons might not be persistent, if the device is switched off within five
seconds after having modified the configuration. In this case the user has
to verify that the settings are correct after the next startup.

4 Release Info for SOL_2101


4.1 What is new in SOL_2101?

• Error descriptions updated


The error file has been updated prior to generating the software. This is
done automatically from now on.
• Now Flushing NVFs after Modification
Writing configuration data via NVF to disk introduces a latency time of
estimated 3 - 5 seconds. This means that an immediate power-off after
configuration can switch off the system before those values are actually
written to disk. Now a change is made, that every time after having
changed a NVF, the software flushes volume D:, to avoid loss of data. It
must be mentioned, that this solution significantly shortens, but not
removes the latency time.
• Increased MFB Upper Limit for Parts Replacements
Increased maximum for MFB at photomultiplier replacement from 0.35 to
0.4. This is the same value, as used at MFA / MFB calibration. At
MFA/MFB calibration time, the values are checked for the following limits:
2.0 <= MFA <= 3.2
0.25 <= MFB <= 0.4
The check of the photomultiplier replacement floppy parameters now uses
exactly the same values.
• Workaround to avoid wrong Error Code 247B0
The change will reset the erasure control board in case of a error
message of erasure control board. The error 247B0 is no longer treated
as fatal error, but as warning with info counter entry. This will result in a
lack in really detecting a defective erasure control board, but there is no
risk for safety or image loss. (COM010912005)
• Solved Problem with Error Sequence 2060B, 20604, 20605
Under certain network conditions, a transmission error could occur, which
could result in a fragmented image with missing image blocks. The errors
2060B, 20604 and 20605 were written to the info counters in this case. To
solve this problem, two measures have been taken: The task priority of
SPO was changed from 49 to 55, which is now lower than the BAC priority
of 51. The number of possible message header blocks of SCN was
changed from 20 to 50, which is now higher than the image block queue
length of 45. (COM0210040032)

Chapter 3.8 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 4


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS349.03E Software-Releases, Patches

• Solved Problem with White Stripe at FLFS Images


When working in full leg / full spine mode, sometimes begin of scan (BOS)
was detected incorrectly, which resulted in a white stripe of about 20 mm
at the beginning of the image. This problem is solved now by a
consistency check of BOS signals at Slow Scan startup (where anyhow a
BOS signal would not be feasible). (COM0211190017)
• Modified Software Default for IPTable / Now Testing for old IPTable
Version
Image plate sensitivities and erasibilities in ADC Solo are defined by the
table IPTYPES.TBL. This table is generated from ADC.CPF during the
parsing process, which is initiated by the LCD menu selection
“CONFIGURE - Local network ID” or “INSTALL from floppy - CPF-File”. In
the past, all possible values from 0 to 99 have been defined, but only
values below 20 have been used. The image plate type values 20 and
above have now been redefined. To ensure, that ADC Solo always takes
the new definitions, two measures have been taken:
− The software default for image plate type values 20 and above has
been set to invalid.
− Each start-up, after having loaded IPTYPES.TBL, the software
checks the table entry at the position 70. If it finds the values of the
old definition (erasibility=63, sensitivity=1264), it assumes the
complete table to be old and sets all entries from 20 to 99 to invalid.
This ensures, that old cassettes can be used without any modifications
and that new cassettes with codes between 20 and 99 are rejected with
“UNKNOWN IP_TYPE – Remove cassette, call Service, press confirm”,
as long as the new image plate type table has not been installed via
ADC.CPF.
To allow usage of new image plate types, create a new ADC.CPF,
using CCM tool 1.1.07 or higher, and install it in all ADC digitizers in
the system !
• Solved Reset Problem in Case of Vacuum not Reached
When vacuum was not reached at action ‘take IP after scanning‘, a
mms_qpost() function was called with a wrong parameter type (pointer
instead of integer for mms descriptor).

4.2 Known Bugs in SOL_2101


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• Images made with emergency keys 1 or 2 might have no date in DICOM
stream.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 3.8 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Repair and Service
Software-Releases, Patches DD+DIS349.03E

• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the diagnostic
software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that the GS220
(current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning indicates that
the erasure control board is defective.
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message.
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds).

Chapter 3.8 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 4


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

Chapter 4:

List of contents

A Identification Diagrams ..............................................1

1 Overview of Units ........................................................1

2 Frame (Assembly No. 100) .........................................2


2.1 Diagram...............................................................................................2
2.2 Table of Components......................................................................3

3 Power Unit (Assembly No. 200).................................4


3.1 Diagram A ...........................................................................................4
3.2 Table of Components / Diagram A...............................................4
3.3 Diagram B ...........................................................................................6
3.4 Table of Components / Diagram B ...............................................7

4 VME Rack (Assembly No. 300) ..................................8


4.1 Diagram...............................................................................................8
4.2 Table of Components......................................................................9

5 Scan Unit (Assembly No. 400) .................................10


5.1 Diagram A ........................................................................................ 10
5.2 Table of Components / Diagram A............................................ 11
5.3 Diagram B ........................................................................................ 12
5.4 Table of Components / Diagram B ............................................ 13

6 Erasure Unit (Assembly No. 500) ............................14


6.1 Diagram............................................................................................ 14
6.2 Table of Components................................................................... 15

7 IP Transport Unit (Assembly No. 600)....................16


7.1 Diagram............................................................................................ 16
7.2 Table of Components................................................................... 17

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

8 Cassette Unit (Assembly No. 700).......................... 18


8.1 Diagram A.........................................................................................18
8.2 Table of Components / Diagram A ............................................19
8.3 Diagram B ........................................................................................20
8.4 Table of Components / Diagram B ............................................21
8.5 Diagram C ........................................................................................22
8.6 Table of Components / Diagram C ............................................23

B Circuit Diagrams ....................................................... 23

Chapter 4 / II ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

A Identification Diagrams

1 Overview of Units

100

700

600

500
400

200 300

51
5 5_
re g
04
_0
01
. cd
r

100 Frame
200 Power Unit
300 VME Rack
400 Scan Unit
500 Erasure Unit
600 IP Transport Unit
700 Cassette Unit

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

2 Frame (Assembly No. 100)


2.1 Diagram

S101
GS114
GS110

GS116

ST349
GS112
BU353
GS118

M501

BU61
ST22

BU122
M101 5155_reg04_002.cdr

Chapter 4 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

2.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
100 BU61 Socket for Service PC 7 / B4
100 BU122 Socket for Transport unit 6 / A4
power supply
100 BU353 Socket for Erasure unit 5 / B1
fan
100 GS110 ETHERNET-BOARD Ethernet board 7 / C1-C2
100 GS112 LCD-TERMINAL-BD LCD terminal board 7 / D3-D4
100 GS114 IOBUS-DISTRIB I/O-bus distributor board 7 / B2-B3
100 GS116 EMERGENCY-NODE Status and Emergency 7 / C2-D2
node
100 GS118 LCD-DISPLAY LCD display 7 / E3-F4
100 M101 POWER-UNIT-FAN Power unit fan 7 / B4
500 M501 ERASURE-UNIT- Erasure unit fan 5 / B1
FAN
100 S101 INTERLOCK-RIGHT Interlock switch right 7 / B1
hand side
100 ST22 Plug for Transport unit 6 / A2
100 ST349 Plug for Erasure unit 5 / B2
power supply

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

3 Power Unit (Assembly No. 200)


3.1 Diagram A
ST5
BU1 ST4
BU2
BU3 BU6
BU4
BU5
ST3
BU3
ST2 GS210
BU8
ST1

ST2
BU5 ST1
BU6
BU7 GS230 S203
BU4
ST4

ST309

SI201
SI202

BU283
S201

ST310
S202
BU235 BU289
BU306 BU312
5155_reg04_008.cdr

3.2 Table of Components / Diagram A


Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit
viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
200 BU1 Socket on GS210 4 / A3
200 BU2 Socket on GS210 4 / A2/3
200 BU3 Socket on GS210 4 / A2
200 BU3 Socket on GS230 4 / D3
200 BU4 Socket on GS210 4 / A1

Chapter 4 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

200 BU4 Socket on GS230 4 / E3


200 BU5 Socket on GS210 4 / A1
200 BU5 Socket on GS230 4 / E3
200 BU6 Socket on GS210 4 / A4
200 BU6 Socket on GS230 4 / E3
200 BU7 Socket on GS230 4 / E3
200 BU8 Socket on GS230 4 / D3
200 BU235 Socket Power unit fan 4 / E4
200 BU283 Socket for Power 4 / E4
integration board
200 BU289 Socket for Erasure unit 4 / E2
200 BU306 Socket for VME board 4 / D4
(230 V)
200 BU312 Socket for Erasure unit 4 / E1
200 GS210 ERASURE-CTRL-BD Erasure control board 4 / A1-A4
200 GS230 POWER-INTEGR-BD Power integration board 4 / D3-E3
200 S201 MAINS-SWITCH Mains switch with 4 / C4
overload protection
200 S202 INTERLOCK-FRONT Interlock switch front 4 / B4
side
200 S203 ---- Line selector 4 / A4-B4
200 SI201 GALVO-POW-FUSE Galvo power fuse T2.0A 4 / D4
200 SI202 SM-TRANSF-FUSE Stepper motor 4 / B4
transformer fuse T2.0A
200 ST1 Plug on GS210 4 / A1
200 ST1 Plug on GS230 4 / E2
200 ST2 Plug on GS210 4 / A1
200 ST2 Plug on GS230 4 / E3
200 ST3 Plug on GS210 4 / A4
200 ST4 Plug on GS210 4 / A4
200 ST4 Plug on GS230 4 / E3
200 ST5 Plug on GS210 4 / A4
200 ST309 Plug Interlock switch 4 / E2
right hand side
200 ST310 Plug I/O-bus power unit 4 / E2

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

3.3 Diagram B

MC201

GS230

SI1 - SI4

SI5

ST229

PE1
TR202
TR204
BU1
TR201 TR205 ST1
GS220

BU2
TR206
TR203
GS240

BU311

5155_reg04_009.cdr

Chapter 4 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

3.4 Table of Components / Diagram B


Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit
viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
200 BU1 Socket for Current 4 / C2
sense board
200 BU2 Socket for Current 4 / C2
sense board
200 BU311 Socket for Transformer 4 / C2
200 GS220 CURRENT-SENSE Current sense board 4 / C1-C2
200 GS240 15V-POWER-SUPPL Galvo power supply 15V 4 / C3-C4
200 MC201 LINE-FILTER Line filter 4 / D4
200 PE1 Ground 4 / E4
200 ST1 Plug Current sense 4 / C1
board
200 ST229 Mains plug 4 / E4
200 TR206 30V- Stepper motor 4 / B4-C4
TRANSFORMER transformer 30V
Erasure Transformer Unit
200 ERASURE-TRANSF- 4 / B1-B3
UNIT
200 TR 201 Transformer erasure 4 / B3
lamps 1, 6
200 TR 202 Transformer erasure 4 / B2-B3
lamps 2, 7
200 TR 203 Transformer erasure 4 / B2
lamps 3, 8
200 TR 204 Transformer erasure 4 / B1-B2
lamps 4, 9
200 TR 205 Transformer erasure 4 / B1
lamps 5, 10
GS230 Fuses
Ass. Abbr. Designation Fuse Quality
200 GS230 POWER-INTEGR-BD SI 1 T 2.5 A
200 SI 2 T 2.5 A
200 SI 3 T 2.5 A
200 SI 4 T 2.5 A
200 SI 5 T 6.25 A

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

4 VME Rack (Assembly No. 300)


4.1 Diagram

GS350
GS360 GS340
GS310
GS320
GS370
PE1
GS332

GS334
MC301
GS330

M301
5155_reg04_003.cdr

Chapter 4 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

4.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
300 PE1 Ground 2 / C4
300 GS310 VME-POWER- VME power supply 2 / E3-F4
SUPPL
300 GS320 VME-STORAGE-BD VME storage board 2 / E1-F2
300 GS322 Hard disk 2 / E2-F2
300 GS324 Floppy disk drive 2 / E1-F2
300 GS330 VME-GEMINI-BD VME Gemini board 2 / B4
300 GS332 BER board of Gemini 2 / B3
board
300 GS334 Memory board of 2 / B3
Gemini board
300 GS340 VME-SCB VME scan control board 2 / B2-B3
300 GS350 VME-SAB VME scan acquisition 2 / B2
board
300 GS360 VME-ADAPTER-BD VME adapter board 2 / B1
300 GS370 VME-BACKPLANE VME backplane 2 / C1-C4
300 M301 VME-RACK-FAN VME fan 2 / C4
300 MC301 VME-LINE-FILTER VME line filter 2 / B4

Ass. Abbre- Designation Fuse Quality


viation (also used by
Diagnosis Mode)
300 GS360 VME-ADAPTER-BD SI 1 T 3.2 A

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

5 Scan Unit (Assembly No. 400)


5.1 Diagram A

GS450

ST351

GS434 M402

ST405
BU405
GS436
GS438
Galvo 5155_reg04_006.cdr

Chapter 4 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

5.2 Table of Components / Diagram A

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
400 BU405 Socket for PIN-Diodes 3 / C2
400 GS434 LASER-MODULE Laser module 3 / D3
400 GS436 GALVO-ADAPTER Galvo adapter board 3 / D2-D3
400 GS438 GALVO-MOT+DRV Galvo motor and driver 3 / F2
board
400 GS450 PMT-MODULE Photomultiplier module 3 / E3-F4
400 M402 SLOWSCAN- Slowscan motor 3 / B1
MOTOR
400 ST351 Plug for I/O-bus scan 3 / A2
400 ST405 Plug for VME scan 3 / C2
control board

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 11


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

5.3 Diagram B

GS444

GS446

GS442

JL1

1 8

GS410

GS412
JL1 GS448
1 8

GS432
GS430
GS440
M401
ST14

5155_reg04_007.cdr

Chapter 4 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

5.4 Table of Components / Diagram B

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
400 GS410 SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT Scan roller lift stepper 3 / B3
motor board
400 GS412 SLOWSCAN-BD Slowscan stepper motor 3 / B1-B2
board
400 GS430 HT-CONTROL-BD Photomultiplier high 3 / D4
tension control board
400 GS432 PMT-HT-SUPPLY Photomultiplier high 3 / D3-D4
tension power supply
400 GS440 PIN-DIODE-BD Pin diode board 3 / C1-C2
400 GS442 IP-ALIGNMENT-LS IP alignment light barrier 3 / D1
sender
400 GS444 IP-ALIGNMENT-LS IP alignment light barrier 3 / D1-D2
receiver
400 GS446 SCAN-IP-DET-LS Scanner IP detection 3 / D2
light barrier
400 GS448 ROLLER-LIFT-LS Scan roller lift 0-position 3 / C3
light barrier
400 M401 ROLLER-LIFT-MOT Scan roller lift motor 3 / B2
400 ST14 Plug for scan roller lift 3 / B2
motor

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 13


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

6 Erasure Unit (Assembly No. 500)


6.1 Diagram

LA1
LA2
LA3
LA4
LA5
LA6 BU358
LA7
LA8 LA10
LA9

5155_reg04_004.cdr

Chapter 4 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

6.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
500 BU358 Socket for Erasure unit 5 / B2-B3
500 LA1 + ERASURE-LAMPS Erasure lamps 1 and 6 5 / B3-F3
LA6
500 LA2 + ERASURE-LAMPS Erasure lamps 2 and 7 5 / B3-F3
LA7
500 LA3 + ERASURE-LAMPS Erasure lamps 3 and 8 5 / B3-F3
LA8
500 LA4 + ERASURE-LAMPS Erasure lamps 4 and 9 5 / B3-F3
LA9
500 LA5+ ERASURE-LAMPS Erasure lamps 5 and 10 5 / B3-F3
LA10

Erasure unit fan M501 is part of the frame!

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 15


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

7 IP Transport Unit (Assembly No. 600)


7.1 Diagram

ST350

JL1 ST123
1 8

GS608
GS602

GS604

GS606

M 601

5155_reg04_005.cdr

Chapter 4 / 16 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

7.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
600 GS602 IP-TRANSPORT-BD IP transport board 6 / B2-B3
600 GS604 IP-TRANSP-0-LS IP transport 0-position 6 / C2-D3
light barrier
600 GS606 SOLENOID-VALVE Solenoid valve 6 / E4-F4
600 GS608 VACUUM-PUMP Vacuum pump 6 / E3-F3
600 M601 IP-TRANSPORT- IP transport motor 6 / C2-D2
MOT
600 ST123 Plug and socket for 6 / B3
power supply stepper
motor
600 ST350 Plug and socket for 6 / C4
solenoid valve and
vacuum pump

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 17


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

8 Cassette Unit (Assembly No. 700)


8.1 Diagram A

GS736

GS738 M702
GS728

GS716

GS726

GS720 GS730

GS732

GS722
GS734 5155_reg04_010.cdr

Chapter 4 / 18 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

8.2 Table of Components / Diagram A

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
700 GS716 CASS-OPEN-0-LS Cassette opener 1 / C1-D2
0-position light barrier
700 GS720 CASS-SWITCH Cassette detection 1 / D1-D2
switch
700 GS722 CASS-CLAMP-0-LS Cassette clamp 1 / B1-B2
0-position light barrier
700 GS726 CASS-POS-DET-LS Cassette position 1 /E1-E2
detection light barrier
700 GS728 ALIGN-0-POS-LS IP alignment 0-position 1 / G1-G2
light barrier
700 GS730 IP-POS-DET-LS IP position detection 1 / G1-G2
light barrier
700 GS732 CASS-IN-DET-LS Cassette input 1 / F1-F2
detection light barrier
sender
700 GS734 CASS-IN-DET-LS Cassette input 1 / E1-F2
detection light barrier
receiver
700 GS736 RF-TAG-READER RF-tag serial reader 1 / G5-G6
700 GS738 RF-TAG-ANTENNA RF-tag antenna 1 / H6
700 M702 CASS-OPENER-MOT Cassette opener motor 1 / D6

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 19


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

8.3 Diagram B

GS714

GS718

GS724

M703

M705

M704

M701
M706 5155_reg04_011.cdr

Chapter 4 / 20 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

8.4 Table of Components / Diagram B

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
700 GS714 CASS-BELT-0-LS Cassette belt 0- 1 / A1-A2
position light barrier
700 GS718 CASS-LIFT-0-LS Cassette lift 0-position 1 / A1-B2
light barrier
700 GS724 CASS-CLAMP-LS Cassette clamp light 1 / C1-C2
barrier
700 M701 CASS-ROLLER-MOT Cassette roller motor 1 / E6
700 M703 CASS-LIFT-MOT Cassette lift motor 1 / C6
700 M704 CASS-BELT-MOT Cassette unit belt 1 / B6
motor
700 M705 CASS-CLAMP-MOT Cassette clamping 1 / A6
motor
700 M706 IP-ALIGNMENT-MOT IP alignment stepper 1 / F6
motor

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 21


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS249.02E

8.5 Diagram C

GS712
BU340
ST21 ST5

JL1 JL2 BU170


1 8 8 1 5155_reg04_012.cdr

GS710

Chapter 4 / 22 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS249.02E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

8.6 Table of Components / Diagram C

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
700 BU170 Socket for 40 V 1 / G4
cassette power supply
700 BU340 Socket for RF-tag 1 / G5
serial reader
700 GS710 5FOLD-STEP-BD Fivefold stepper motor 1 / A3-F4
board,
5FOLD-STEP-JL1 jumper JL1
5FOLD-STEP-JL2 jumper JL2
700 GS712 IP-ALIGNMENT-BD IP alignment board 1 / F3-F4
700 ST5 Plug for I/O-bus 1 / G3
cassette unit
700 ST21 Plug and Socket for 1 / D5
cassette opener motor

B Circuit Diagrams

F1.5155.4003.0 (sheet 1-7)

(see the following pages)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 4 / 23


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HEALTHCARE Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts List
Vorsicht:
Liste des Pièces de Rechange Dieses System arbeitet mit Netzspannung. Beachten Sie bitte die entsprechenden
Order No.: DD+DIS093.06M Sicherheitsvorschriften.
ADC Solo In dieser Anleitung werden Einstellungen und Vorgänge beschrieben, die nur von qualifiziertem
Type 5155/0100 technischen Personal durchgeführt werden dürfen.
Hinweis:
Reparaturen und Anschlüsse elektrischer Art dürfen nur von einer Elektrofachkraft durchgeführt
1 Piece Y5U7N MA1
werden.
Reparaturen und Anschlüsse mechanischer Art dürfen nur von einer Fachkraft durchgeführt werden.
Edition 2, Revision 9 CE - Erklärung:
Laut Medizinrichtlinie erlischt die CE-Erklärung (CE-Konformität), wenn das Produkt ohne
Genehmigung des Herstellers verändert wird!
Dies trifft für alle Teile zu, nicht nur für Sicherheitselemente!

Caution:
This system uses main voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
These instructions descibre adjustments and routines which must only be performed by
qualified technical personnel.
Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.

CE Declaration:
According to the medical guidelines, the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the
product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

Attention:
De la tension secteur est présente dans ce système. Observez toutes les précautions de sécurité.
Ce manuel contient des procédures et des réglages à l' attention exclusive de spécialistes du
service après-vente.
Note:
Seul un spécialiste est autorisé à effectuer les branchements électriques et les réparations.
Seul un spécialiste est autorisé à effectuer les
branchements mécaniques et les réparations.
Explication CE:
D'après les directives médicales l'explication CE (conformité CE) expire dès que ce produit est
modifié sans autorisation de son fabricant!
Valable pour toutes les pièces et non seulement pour les éléments de sécurité!

Die Ersatzteilliste ist gesondert lieferbar: Bestellnummer DD+DIS093.06M


The spare parts list is available separately. Order number DD+DIS093.06M Änderungen von Daten und Eigenschaften, die dem technischen Fortschritt dienen, vorbehalten.
La liste des pièces détachées est à votre disposition séparément: No. de Ref. DD+DIS093.06M We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical progress.
internal update #:6 Sous réserve de modifications de données et de caractéristiques pouvant servir au progrès
technique.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

printed in Germany 2006-03-02


Agfa Company Confidential
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
Inhalsverzeichnis - Contents - Table de matières
Tel / Fax der Zentralen Logistik München (LOG-T)
Phone / Fax of the central logistics in Munich (LOG-T)
Téléphone / Fax de la logistique centrale à Munich (LOG-T)

Bestellen von Ersatzteilen/Sortimenten: Tel.: +49 89 6207 3760


Order of spare parts/assortments:
MODIFIKATIONSBAUGRUPPEN, ZUBEHÖR
Commande de pièces détachées/assortiments: Fax: +49 89 6207 7388
MODIFICATION KITS, ACCESSORIES
KIT DE MODIFICATION, ACCESSOIRE
SEITEN/PAGES 58 - 59
Bestellen von Dokumentation: Tel.: +49 89 6207 3553
Order of documentation:
ADC - KASSETTEN
Commande de documentation: Fax: +49 89 6207 7271
ADC CASSETTES
CASSETTES ADC
SEITEN/PAGES 42 - 57
KASSETENEINHEIT
CASSETTE UNIT
UNITE DE CASSETTE
SEITEN/PAGES 10 - 19

FRONTVERKLEIDUNG TRANSPORTEINHEIT
FRONT PANELING TRANSPORT UNIT
REVETEMENT AVANT UNITE TRANSPORT Recyclingpass siehe:
SEITE/PAGE 06 - 07 SEITE/PAGE 20 - 23 Recycling ID refer to:
Passeport de recyclage voir:

LOESCHEINHEIT SCAN-EINHEIT http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf


ERASURE MODULE SCANNER UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT UNITE SCANNER
SEITE/PAGE 24 - 25 SEITEN/PAGES 26 - 35

VERKLEIDUNG
PANELING VME-RACK
REVETEMENT VME-RACK
SEITE/PAGE 04 - 05 VME-RACK
SEITE/PAGE 36 - 39

LEISTUNGSEINHEIT GESTELL
POWER SUPPLY FRAME
BLOC SECTOR CHASSIS
SEITE/PAGE 40 - 41 SEITE/PAGE 08 - 09

5155_0100_INHALT1_.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Chapter 5/II Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9


2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List

Ersatzteilliste / Spare Parts List / Liste des Pièces de Rechange

Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 3


Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
04*

03*
02*
07*

06
01

05*
23*

24*
21*

22*
20*

5155_0100_8001.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
VERKLEIDUNG
PANELING
REVETEMENT
Chapter 5 / 4 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033175050 VERSCHLUßZAPFEN
STUD
PIVOT DE VERROUILLAGE
2 CM+9515512102 * FRONTVERKLEIDUNG OBEN
FRONT PANEL, TOP
PANNEAU AVANT, EN HAUT
3 CM+9515512403 * SEITENWAND RECHTS
SIDE WALL, RHS
PAROI LATERALE A DROITE
4 CM+9515512501 * DECKEL
COVER
COUVERCLE
5 CM+9515512601 * FRONTVERKLEIDUNG UNTEN
FRONT PANEL, BOTTOM
PANNEAU AVANT, EN BAS
6 CM+9515512631 FOLIENSCHARNIER
PLASTIC HINGE
CHARNIERE A MEMBRANE
7 CM+9515512703 * SEITENWAND LINKS
SIDE WALL, LHS
PAROI LATERALE A GAUCHE
20 CM+9515512191 * KLEBESCHILD (FÜR TYP 5155/100)
LABEL (FOR TYPE 5155/100)
ETIQUETTE (POUR TYPE 5155/100)
21 CM+9514530070 * KLEBESCHILD GE DYNAMIC (FÜR TYP 5155/200/201)
LABEL GE DYNAMIC (FOR TYPE 5155/200/210)
ETIQUETTE GE DYNAMIC (POUR TYPE 5155/200/201)
22 CM+9515530060 * KLEBESCHILD PATHSPEED (FÜR TYP 5155/200)
LABEL PATHSPEED (FOR TYPE 5155/200)
ETIQUETTE PATHSPEED (POUR TYPE 5155/200)
23 CM+9515530070 * KLEBESCHILD "CENTRICITY SP" (FÜR TYP 5155/201)
LABEL "CENTRICITY SP" (FOR TYP 5155/201)
ETIQUETTE "CENTRICITY SP" (POUR TYP 5155/201)
24 CM+9515530080 * KLEBESCHILD "CENTRICITY SP100" (FÜR TYP 5155/205)
LABEL "CENTRICITY SP100" (FOR TYPE 5155/205)
ETIQUETTE "CENTRICITY SP100" (POUR TYPE 5155/205)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

VERKLEIDUNG
PANELING
REVETEMENT
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8002.cdr
01*

D3188
D3188

04*
03
D3188
05*
02
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
FRONTVERKLEIDUNG OBEN
FRONT PANELING, TOP
REVETEMENT AVANT, EN HAUT
Chapter 5 / 6 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9515512102 * FRONTVERKLEIDUNG OBEN
FRONT PANEL, TOP
PANNEAU AVANT, EN HAUT
2 CM+9515512171 SCHAUMSTOFFSTREIFEN
FOAM PLASTIC STRIPE
BANDES EN MOUSSE
3 CM+9515551480 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
4 CM+9515551500 * KLAPPE MONTIERT
FLAP
VOLET
5 CM+9515551901 * VERRIEGELUNG MONTIERT
LOCK
VERROUILLAGE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

FRONTVERKLEIDUNG OBEN
FRONT PANELING, TOP
REVETEMENT AVANT, EN HAUT
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8003.cdr
(GS 110)

D2222
06

(S 101)

02
03

D85
D21

D2771
D86
01
(M 501)
08

D372
D333
D969

(M 101)
09
04

(GS 116)
05

07
(GS 114)
10

04
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
GESTELL
FRAME
CHASSIS
Chapter 5 / 8 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9037095090 LENKROLLEN
GUIDE ROLLER
ROUE GUIDE
2 CM+9037095110 RAD 65X12,1
WHEEL
ROUE
3 CM+9042663040 TÜR, DECKELSCHALTER (S101-INTERLOCK-RIGHT)
DOOR, COVER SWITCH (S101-INTERLOCK-RIGHT)
PORTE, INTERRUPTEUR DE COUVERCLE (S101-INTERLOCK-RIGHT)
4 CM+9047910140 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
5 CM+9515548200 GS STATUS EMERGENCY NODE (GS116-EMERGENCY-NODE)
PCB STATUS EMERGENCY NODE (GS116-EMERGENCY-NODE)
CI ETAT NOEUD URGENCE (GS116-EMERGENCY-NODE)
6 CM+9515513900 ETHERNETKARTE (GS110-ETHERNET-BOARD)
ETHERNET BOARD (GS110-ETHERNET-BOARD)
CARTE ETHERNET (GS110-ETHERNET-BOARD)
7 CM+9515516200 DISPLAY
DISPLAY
AFFICHEUR
8 CM+9515536200 LÜFTER 24V VERDRAHTET (M501-ERASURE-UNIT-FAN)
FAN 24V (M501-ERASURE-UNIT-FAN)
VENTILATEUR 24V (M501-ERASURE-UNIT-FAN)
9 CM+9515546600 LÜFTER 24V LE VERDR (M101-POWER-UNIT-FAN)
FAN 24V LE (M101-POWER-UNIT-FAN)
VENTILATEUR 24V LE (M101-POWER-UNIT-FAN)
10 CM+9949960202 GS 8FACH IO-VERTEILER (GS114-IOBUS-DISTRIB.)
GS 8-FOLD IO DISTRIBUTOR (GS114-IOBUS-DISTRIB.)
DISTRIBUTION OCTUPLE I / O (GS114-IOBUS-DISTRIB.)
99 CM+9515546280 KABEL FL/RD 26POL (GS114/ST - ST351; GS114/ST1 - ST5)
CABLE, FLAT AND ROUND 26POLE (GS114/ST - ST351; GS114/ST1 - ST5)
CABLE PLAT ET CYLINDRIQUE (GS114/ST - ST351; GS114/ST1 - ST5)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

GESTELL
FRAME
CHASSIS
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
09
10
16

(GS720)
12*

17

(GS730)
15
20
(GS714)

03
05

01

08
(GS718)
06

19

(GS728)
14

21
11

18

07

(M701)
04
13
02

(M704)

5155_0100_8004.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 1
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 1
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 1
Chapter 5 / 10 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9037110110 KUGELBÜCHSE-16X26X36
SPHERICAL LINER
DOUILLE SPHERIQUE
2 CM+9038960000 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN7721-6T5X200
TOOTHED BELT, DIN7721-6T5X200
COURROIE CRANTEE, DIN7721-6T5X200
3 CM+9515645181 KABEL FL CASSETTENANSCHL. 950MM
FLAT CABLE CASSETTE STOP 950MM
CABLE PLAT BUTEE CASSETTE 950MM
4 CM+9514551351 RÖLLCHENMOTOR (M701-CASS-ROLLER-MOT)
ROLLER MOTOR (M701-CASS-ROLLER-MOT)
MOTEUR DES GALETS (M701-CASS-ROLLER-MOT)
5 CM+9514551951 ZAHNRIEMEN 18,5T5/860
TOOTHED BELT 18,5T5/860
COURROIE CRANTEE, 18,5T5/860
6 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 (GS718-CASS-LIFT-0-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 (GS718-CASS-LIFT-0-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 (GS718-CASS-LIFT-0-LS)
7 CM+9514591000 RÖLLCHEN (CASS-INPUT-ROLL)
ROLLER (CASS-INPUT-ROLL)
ROULEAU (CASS-INPUT-ROLL)
8 CM+9514659110 LICHTSCHRANKENFAHNE
LIGHT BARRIER LUG
CAVALIER DE PHOTO CELLULE
9 CM+9515550251 LICHTSCHRANKENHALTER
LIGHT SENSOR HOLDER
SUPPORT BARRIERE LUMINEUSE
10 CM+9515550424 FOLIENAUSRICHTUNG LINKS
FOIL ALIGNMENT, LHS
ALIGNEMENT A GAUCHE
11 CM+9515550800 WINKEL (M704-CASS-BELT-MOT)
BRACKET (M704-CASS-BELT-MOT)
EQUERRE (M704-CASS-BELT-MOT)
12 CM+9515550900 * RIEMENUMLENKUNG (GS714-CASS-BELT-0-LS)
CROSSOVER BELT (GS714-CASS-BELT-0-LS)
COUDAGE DE LA COURROIE (GS714-CASS-BELT-0-LS)
13 CM+9515552300 KASSETTENHEBER BIS FN4019(TYP100)-FN9227(200/201)-FN7118(205)
CASSETTE LIFT UP TO SN4019(TYPE100)-SN9227(200/201)-SN7118(205)
ELEVATEUR CASSETTE JUSQU'AU NF4019(TYPE100)-NF9227(200/201)-NF7118(205)
13 CM+9515552400 KASSETTENHEBER AB FN4020(TYP100)-FN9228(200/201)-FN7119(205)
CASSETTE LIFT FROM SN4020(TYPE100)-SN9228(200/201)-SN7119(205)
ELEVATEUR DE CASSETTE A PARTIR DU NF4020(TYPE100)-NF9228(200/201)-NF7119(205)
14 CM+9515552311 LEISTE
BAR
REGLETTE
15 CM+9515590100 LICHTSCHRANKE (GS730-IP-POS-DET-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER (GS730-IP-POS-DET-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE (GS730-IP-POS-DET-LS)
16 CM+9515690500 ÖFFNER
OPENER
LOUP
17 CM+9836070002 KASSETTENEINZUG ANSCHLAG LINKS (GS720-CASS-SWITCH)
CASSETTE FEED STOP, LHS (GS720-CASS-SWITCH)
INTRODUCTION DES CASSETTE A GAUCHE (GS720-CASS-SWITCH)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 1
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 1
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 1
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
09
10
16

(GS720)
12*

17

(GS730)
15
20
(GS714)

03
05

01

08
(GS718)
06

19

(GS728)
14

21
11

18

07

(M701)
04
13
02

(M704)

5155_0100_8004.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 1
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 1
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 1
Chapter 5 / 12 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
18 CM+9988905550 KABEL FL 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
19 CM+9988905600 KABEL FL 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
20 CM+9988906150 KABEL FL 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)
21 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 (GS728-ALIGN-0-POS-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 (GS728-ALIGN-0-POS-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 (GS728-ALIGN-0-POS-LS)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 1
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 1
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 1
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
03
08

(GS716)
(M702)

05
(GS736)

04
10

06

02

11
01

14
15

(GS726)
13
12
07
(GS738)

09

5155_0100_8005.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 2
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 2
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 2
Chapter 5 / 14 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9038960010 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN7721-6T5X185
TOOTHED BELT, DIN7721-6T5X185
COURROIE CRANTEE, DIN7721-6T5X185
2 CM+9038961230 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN7721-6T5X245
TOOTHED BELT, DIN7721-6T5X245
COURROIE CRANTEE, DIN7721-6T5X245
3 CM+9510055030 SCHENKELFEDER
LEG SPRING
RESSORT A BRANCHES
4 CM+9514575501 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG (M702-CASS-OPENER-MOT)
STEPPER MOTOR ASSY (M702-CASS-OPENER-MOT)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPL. (M702-CASS-OPENER-MOT)
5 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 (GS716-CASS-OPEN-0-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 (GS716-CASS-OPEN-0-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 (GS716-CASS-OPEN-0-LS)
6 CM+9515545061 KABEL 20POL TAGREADER (GS736/ST1 - ST379)
CABLE 20POL TAGREADER (GS736/ST1 - ST379)
CABLE 20POL TAGREADER (GS736/ST1 - ST379)
7 CM+9515545080 KABEL 6POL (GS736/BU1 - GS738/BU1)
CABLE 6POL (GS736/BU1 - GS738/BU1)
CABLE 6POL (GS736/BU1 - GS738/BU1)
8 CM+9515551200 MOTORWINKEL
MOTOR BRACKET
EQUERRE DU MOTEUR
9 CM+9515551300 ANTENNE (GS738-RF-TAG-ANTENNA)
ANTENNA (GS738-RF-TAG-ANTENNA)
ANTENNE (GS738-RF-TAG-ANTENNA)
10 CM+9515551350 READER HALTERUNG (GS736-RF-TAG-READER)
READER HOLDER (GS736-RF-TAG-READER)
SUPPORT LECTEUR (GS736-RF-TAG-READER)
11 CM+9515555800 SCHWENKPLATTE
SWIVEL PLATE
PLAQUE PIVOTANTE
12 CM+9515590301 ANTENNENMECHANIK
ANTENNA MECHANISM
MACANISM DE L'ANTENNE
13 CM+9515590401 GS LICHTSCHRANKE HIGH-AKTIV (GS726-CASS-POS-DET-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER BOARD HIGH-ACTIVE (GS726-CASS-POS-DET-LS)
CI BARRIERE PHOTOELECTRIQUE ACTIF PLUS (GS726-CASS-POS-DET-LS)
14 CM+9988905700 KABEL FL 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
15 CM+9988905850 KABEL FL 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 2
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 2
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 2
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
12

5155_0100_8006.CDR
15
(GS722)
10
(GS724)
09

17
16

11
(GS732)
01

06

(GS734)
(M 705)

05*

11

(M 706)
08

13
02

03
04

D 3188
14
(M 703)
07
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 3
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 3
UNITE CASSETTES - PARTIE 3
Chapter 5 / 16 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033500860 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
2 CM+9038961180 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN7721-6T5X1075
TOOTHED BELT, DIN7721-6T5X1075
COURROIE CRANTEE, DIN7721-6T5X1075
3 CM+9038965490 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN7721-5T5X150
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
4 CM+9514651450 MOTORWINKEL MONTIERT
MOTOR BRACKET ASSEMBLED
EQUERRE DU MOTEUR ASSEMBLE
5 CM+9514551651 * ACHSE
SHAFT
AXE
6 CM+9514553701 MOTORPLATTE (M705-CASS-CLAMP-MOT)
MOTOR PLATE (M705-CASS-CLAMP-MOT)
PLAQUE MOTEUR (M705-CASS-CLAMP-MOT)
7 CM+9514672200 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG (M703-CASS-LIFT-MOT)
STEPPER MOTOR ASSY (M703-CASS-LIFT-MOT)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPL. (M703-CASS-LIFT-MOT)
8 CM+9514575501 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG (M706-IP-ALIGNMENT-MOT)
STEPPER MOTOR ASSY (M706-IP-ALIGNMENT-MOT)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPL. (M706-IP-ALIGNMENT-MOT)
9 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 (GS724-CASS-CLAMP-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 (GS724-CASS-CLAMP-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 (GS724-CASS-CLAMP-LS)
10 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 (GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 (GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 (GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
11 CM+9515545100 KABEL FL 6/4/4POL (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST51)
FLAT CABLE 6/4/4PIN (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST51)
CABLE PLAT 6/4/4POLAIRE (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST51)
12 CM+9515550001 KASSETTENEINHEIT
CASSETTE UNIT
UNITE CASSETTES
13 CM+9515550071 SPINDELMUTTER TR12X3 LINKS
SPINDLE NUT
ECROU DE LA BROCHE
14 CM+9515590201 SPINDELANTRIEB MIT MOTOR
SPINDLE DRIVE WITH MOTOR
COMMANDE VIS SANS FIN AVEC MOTEUR
15 CM+9515591201 LICHTSCHRANKENHALTER (GS732-CASS-IN-DET-LS; GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
LIGHT SENSOR HOLDER (GS732-CASS-IN-DET-LS; GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
SUPPORT BARRIERE LUMINEUS (GS732-CASS-IN-DET-LS; GS722-CASS-CLAMP-0-LS)
16 CM+9988905550 KABEL FL 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
17 CM+9988905850 KABEL FL 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 3
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 3
UNITE CASSETTES - PARTIE 3
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8007.cdr
(GS 712)
01
11
07
0905
03

10
02
01
07
10
08
06
(GS 710)
04
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 4
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 4
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 4
Chapter 5 / 18 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9515545042 KABEL BUS 26POL (BU349 - GS712/ST1; GS712/ST1 - GS710/ST3)
BUS CABLE 26POL (BU349 - GS712/ST1; GS712/ST1 - GS710/ST3)
CABLE BUS 26POL (BU349 - GS712/ST1; GS712/ST1 - GS710/ST3)
2 CM+9515545100 KABEL FL 6/4/4POL (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST5)
FLAT CABLE 6/4/4PIN (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST5)
CABLE PLAT 6/4/4POLAIRE (GS734,GS732/ST1 - GS710/ST5)
3 CM+9767488200 FLACHKABEL, 4POL (GS710/ST17 - ST21)
FLAT CABLE, 4POLE (GS710/ST17 - ST21)
CABLE PLAT, 4POLAIRE (GS710/ST17 - ST21)
4 CM+9949981207 GS IOB-SIN-5STEP (GS710-5FOLD-STEP-BD)
PCB IOB-SIN-5STEP (GS710-5FOLD-STEP-BD)
CI IOB-SIN-5STEP (GS710-5FOLD-STEP-BD)
5 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP (GS712-IP-ALIGNMENT-BD)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP (GS712-IP-ALIGNMENT-BD)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP (GS712-IP-ALIGNMENT-BD)
6 CM+9988905400 KABEL FL 4POL (GS714/ST1 - GS710/ST38)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS714/ST1 - GS710/ST38)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS714/ST1 - GS710/ST38)
7 CM+9988905550 KABEL FL 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS724/ST1 - GS710/ST39; GS728/ST1 - GS712/ST2)
8 CM+9988905600 KABEL FL 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS718/ST1 - GS710/ST2)
9 CM+9988905700 KABEL FL 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS726/ST1 - GS710/ST19)
10 CM+9988905850 KABEL FL 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS722/ST1 - GS710/ST40; GS716/ST1 - GS710/ST11)
11 CM+9988906150 KABEL FL 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS730/ST1 - GS712/ST3)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

KASSETTENEINHEIT - TEIL 4
CASSETTE UNIT - PART 4
UNITE DE CASSETTES - PARTIE 4
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
03
D631

05

08
08

13

20

01
01

06
02

04
07
08

(GS 604)
19
23
(M 601)
16

22
D4340
17

21
D38

23

25
10
13

09
08

D40

14
12
18

09
(GS 602)

D631
24
25
15

11

5155_0100_8008.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
TRANSPORTEINHEIT
TRANSPORT UNIT
UNITE TRANSPORT
Chapter 5 / 20 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+0000064155 SILIKONSCHLAUCH INNEND. 3MM (7.5155.6142.0, L=27MM) METERWARE
SILICON TUBE (7.5155.6142.0, L=27MM) ORDER BY THE METRE
TUYAU SLICONE (7.5155.6142.0, L=27MM) AU MÈTRE
2 CM+0000064155 SILIKONSCHLAUCH INNEND. 3MM (7.5155.6141.0, L=90MM) METERWARE
SILICON TUBE (7.5155.6141.0, L=90MM) ORDER BY THE METRE
TUYAU SLICONE (7.5155.6141.0, L=90MM) AU MÈTRE
3 CM+0000064155 SILIKONSCHLAUCH INNEND. 3MM (7.5155.6144.0, L=65MM) METERWARE
SILICON TUBE (7.5155.6144.0, L=65MM) ORDER BY THE METRE
TUYAU SLICONE (7.5155.6144.0, L=65MM) AU MÈTRE
4 CM+0000064155 SILIKONSCHLAUCH INNEND. 3MM (7.5155.6145.0, L=100MM) METERWARE
SILICON TUBE (7.5155.6145.0, L=100MM) ORDER BY THE METRE
TUYAU SLICONE (7.5155.6145.0, L=100MM) AU MÈTRE
5 CM+9033175390 VERSCHLUßZAPFEN
STUD
PIVOT DE VERROUILLAGE
6 CM+9036260940 FILTER MIT MIKROSIEB
FILTER WITH MICRO INSERT
FILTRE A MICRO-ORIFICES
7 CM+9036270020 SICHERUNGSRING
RETAINING RING
BAGUE DE SECURITE
8 CM+9037170040 ROHRSCHELLE
PIPE CLAMP
AGRAFE
9 CM+9037170070 ROHRSCHELLE
PIPE CLAMP
AGRAFE
10 CM+9038961030 ZAHNRIEMEN, DIN 7721-10T2,5X145
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
11 CM+9047913100 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
12 CM+9515542102 BUS - LEITUNG (GS602/ST1 - ST22)
BUS CABLE (GS602/ST1 - ST22)
CABLE BUS (GS602/ST1 - ST22)
13 CM+9515542120 KABEL 8POL (BU122 - ST123, ST350)
CABLE 8POL (BU122 - ST123, ST350)
CABLE 8POL (BU122 - ST123, ST350)
14 CM+9515542141 KABEL 4POL (ST123 - GS602/ST4)
CABLE 4POL (ST123 - GS602/ST4)
CABLE 4POL (ST123 - GS602/ST4)
15 CM+9515560002 TRANSPORTEINHEIT
TRANSPORT UNIT
UNITE'DE TRANSPORT
16 CM+9515560901 SCHRITTMOTOR (M601-IP-TRANSPORT-MOT)
STEPPER MOTOR (M601-IP-TRANSPORT-MOT)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS (M601-IP-TRANSPORT-MOT)
17 CM+9515561101 LEITBLECH HINTEN
GUIDE PLATE, BACK
TOLE DE GUIDAGE ARRIERE
18 CM+9515561155 LEITBLECH AB FN1212
GUIDE PLATE FROM SN1212
TOLE DE GUIDAGE A PARTIR DU NF1212

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

TRANSPORTEINHEIT
TRANSPORT UNIT
UNITE TRANSPORT
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
03
D631

05

08
08

13

20

01
01

06
02

04
07
08

(GS 604)
19
23
(M 601)
16

22
D4340
17

21
D38

23

25
10
13

09
08

D40

14
12
18

09
(GS 602)

D631
24
25
15

11

5155_0100_8008.CDR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
TRANSPORTEINHEIT
TRANSPORT UNIT
UNITE TRANSPORT
Chapter 5 / 22 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
18 CM+9515561150 LEITBLECH BIS FN1211
GUIDE PLATE UP TO SN1211
TOLE DE GUIDAGE JUSQU'AU NF1211
19 CM+9515561304 PUMPENWINKEL (GS606-SOLENOID-VALVE; GS608-VACUUM-PUMP)
PUMP BRACKET (GS606-SOLENOID-VALVE; GS608-VACUUM-PUMP)
EQUERRE DE POMPE (GS606-SOLENOID-VALVE; GS608-VACUUM-PUMP)
20 CM+9515561480 DÜSE
NOZZLE
BUSE
21 CM+9515590700 ZAHNRIEMENRAD
TOOTHED BELT WHEEL
POULIE A COURROIE CRANTEE
22 CM+9515590800 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 (10MM) (GS604-IP-TRANSP-0-LS)
LIGHT BARRIER (GS604-IP-TRANSP-0-LS)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE (GS604-IP-TRANSP-0-LS)
23 CM+9515592402 SAUGER KOMPLETT
SUCTION CUP COMPLETE
VENTOUSE COMPLET
24 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP (GS602-IP-TRANPORT-BD)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP (GS602-IP-TRANPORT-BD)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP (GS602-IP-TRANPORT-BD)
25 CM+9988905350 KABEL FL 4POL (GS602/ST2 - GS604/ST1)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS602/ST2 - GS604/ST1)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS602/ST2 - GS604/ST1)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

TRANSPORTEINHEIT
TRANSPORT UNIT
UNITE TRANSPORT
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8009.cdr
D221

03
04
06

D353
D81
07

09
05*

02
01
08
D2756
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
LÖSCHEINHEIT
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT
Chapter 5 / 24 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9045065530 HALOGENLAMPE, 12V 100W
HALOGEN LAMP, 12V 100W
LAMPE HALOGEN, 12V 100W
2 CM+9045065740 FASSUNG 6,35 24V MIT UNVERLIER
SOCKET
SOCLE
3 CM+9047187970 ANSATZSCHRAUBE M4X0,7
SHOULDER SCREW
VIS A EPAULEMENT
4 CM+9514535440 KG2-FILTER
FILTER
FILTRE
5 CM+9515535001 * LÖSCHEINHEIT
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT
6 CM+9515535430 ARRETIERBLECH
RETAINING PLATE
PLAQUE DE RETENUE
7 CM+9515535600 HALTER, LAMPEN KOMPLETT
LAMP HOLDER COMPLETE
SUPPORT LAMPES COMPLET
8 CM+9515535650 DISTANZLEISTE
SPACER RAIL
LITEAU D’ECARTEMENT
9 CM+9515535852 FASSUNGSLEISTE VERKABELT
SOCKET BAR WITH CABLE
BARRETTE AVEC CABLE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

LÖSCHEINHEIT
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 25
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8010.cdr
5

04
(GS 442)
(GS 434)

(GS 446)
03

06
02
01

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 1
SCAN UNIT - PART 1
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 1
Chapter 5 / 26 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9515520007 SCAN-EINHEIT (ANVANCED SCANNER)
SCAN UNIT COMPLETE (ANVANCED SCANNER)
UNITE SCANNER COMPLETE (ANVANCED SCANNER)
2 CM+9515526502 ANDRUCKWELLE
PRESSURE SHAFT
ARBRE DE PRESSION
3 CM+9515528001 DIODENMODUL (GS434-LASER-MODULE)
DIODE MODULE (GS434-LASER-MODULE)
MODULES DE DIODES (GS434-LASER-MODULE)
4 CM+9515591304 ABLAGEBLECH OHNE LICHTSCHRANKEN
TRAY WITHOUT LIGHT BARRIER
RECEPTACLE SANS PHOTOCELL
5 CM+9515591402 IR 2-FACH LICHTSCHRANKENSATZ (GS442-IR-ALIGNMENT-LS; GS446-SCAN-IP-DET-LS)
IR 2-WAY LIGHT BARRIER SET (GS442-IR-ALIGNMENT-LS; GS446-SCAN-IP-DET-LS)
JEU PHOTOCELLULE DOUBLE IR (GS442-IR-ALIGNMENT-LS; GS446-SCAN-IP-DET-LS)
6 CM+9515591500 KABEL GND VME ZUR HT-BOX
CABLE GND VME TO HAT-BOX
CABLE GND VME -- HAT-BOX

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 1
SCAN UNIT - PART 1
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 1
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 27
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
ADVANCED SCANNER
FÜR FN2527-2545 UND AB FN2674 (TYP5155/100); AB FN9063 (TYP5155/201)
FOR SN2527-2545 AND FROM SN2674 (TYPe5155/100); FROM SN9063 (TYPE5155/201)
POUR NF2527-2545 ET A PARTIR DU NF2674 (TYPR5155/100); A PARTIR DU NF9063 (TYPE5155/201)
01
(GS 450)
03

11

05

10
06 (M 401)

04
01

5155_0100_8011.CDR
(GS 412)
(GS 410)
09

08

07
02

02
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 2
SCAN UNIT - PART 2
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 2
Chapter 5 / 28 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514526680 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
2 CM+9515521251 SM-KARTE (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
STEPPER MOTOR CONTROL BOARD (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
CARTE MOTEUR PAS A PAS (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
3 CM+9515522500 PM-MODUL (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
PM MODULE (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
MODULE PM (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
4 CM+9515526600 SCHNECKENLAGER VOLLSTÄNDIG
WORM SHAFT BEARING COMPLETE
PALIER CONIQUE COMPLET
5 CM+9515526701 ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT
6 CM+9515526801 ABHEBEMOTOR KOMPLETT. (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
LIFT MOTOR COMPLETE (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
MOTEUR DE LEVAGE COMPLET (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
7 CM+9515544100 KABEL 3PMINI-DIN/4POL (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
CABLE 3PMINI-DIN/4POL (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
CABLE 3PMINI-DIN/4POLAIRE (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
8 CM+9515544200 KOAXIALKABEL HOCHSP. (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
COAXIAL CABLE (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
CABLE COAXIAL (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
9 CM+9515544362 KABEL BUS 26POL OPTIK (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
BUS CABLE 26POL OPTIC (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
CABLE BUS 26POL OPTIQUE (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
10 CM+9961124560 ZAHNRIEMEN 6T2.5X177.5
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
11 CM+9988905200 KABEL FL 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 2
SCAN UNIT - PART 2
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 2
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 29
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
STANDARD SCANNER
BIS FN2526 UND FÜR FN2546-2673 (TYP5155/100); BIS FN9062 (TYP5155/200/201)
UP TO SN2526 AND FOR SN2546-2673 (TYPE5155/100); UP TO SN9062 (TYPE5155/200/201)
JUSQU’AU NF2526 ET A POUR NF2546-2673 (TYPR5155/100); JUSQU’AU NF9062 (TYPE5155/200/201)
02
(GS 450)
04

09

05

01

(M 401)
02
(GS 410)

(GS 412)

07
08

06

5155_0100_8012.CDR
03

03
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 2
SCAN UNIT - PART 2
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 2
Chapter 5 / 30 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514526601 ABHEBEMOTOR (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
LIFT MOTOR (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
MOTEUR DE LEVAGE (M401-ROLLER-LIFT MOT)
2 CM+9514526680 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
3 CM+9515521251 SM-KARTE (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
STEPPER MOTOR CONTROL BOARD (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
CARTE MOTEUR PAS A PAS (GS410-SCAN-ROLLS-LIFT; GS412-SLOWSCAN-BD)
4 CM+9515522500 PM-MODUL (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
PM MODULE (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
MODULE PM (GS450-PMT-MODULE)
5 CM+9515526701 ANTRIEBSWELLE
DRIVE SHAFT
ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT
6 CM+9515544100 KABEL 3PMINI-DIN/4POL (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
CABLE 3PMINI-DIN/4POL (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
CABLE 3PMINI-DIN/4POLAIRE (GS430/BU1 - BU101)
7 CM+9515544200 KOAXIALKABEL HOCHSP. (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
COAXIAL CABLE (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
CABLE COAXIAL (GS432/BU2 - BU412)
8 CM+9515544362 KABEL BUS 26POL OPTIK (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
BUS CABLE 26POL OPTIC (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
CABLE BUS 26POL OPTIQUE (GS412/ST1 - GS410/ST1)
9 CM+9988905200 KABEL FL 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS440/ST1 - GS442/ST1)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 2
SCAN UNIT - PART 2
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 2
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 31
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
FÜR STANDARD UND ADVANCED SCANNER
FOR STANDARD AND ADVANCED SCANNER
POUR STANDARD ET ADVANCED SCANNER
06

04*
13

08
(GS 444)

09

07
05*
11 12
(GS 448)

(GS 440)
01
03

10
(M402)

5155_0100_8013.CDR
02
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 3
SCAN UNIT - PART 3
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 3
Chapter 5 / 32 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9047710270 KABEL MIT 2X4P MINI DIN (ST405 - GS440/BU1)
CABLE WITH 2X4P MINI DIN (ST405 - GS440/BU1)
CABLE AVEC 2X4P MINI DIN (ST405 - GS440/BU1)
2 CM+9514547600 SCHRITTMOTOR (M402-SLOWSCAN-MOTOR)
STEPPER MOTOR (M402-SLOWSCAN-MOTOR)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS (M402-SLOWSCAN-MOTOR)
3 CM+9515521301 HT-BOX KOMPLETT (GS430-HT-CONTROL-BD; GS432-PMT-HT-SUPPLY)
HT BOX COMPLETE (GS430-HT-CONTROL-BD; GS432-PMT-HT-SUPPLY)
BOITE HAT COMPLET (GS430-HT-CONTROL-BD; GS432-PMT-HT-SUPPLY)
4 CM+9515524171 * LICHTLEITER L=550MM
FIBRE-OPTIC L=550MM
FIBRE OPTIQUE L=550MM
5 CM+9515524181 * LICHTLEITER L=850MM
FIBRE-OPTIC L=850MM
FIBRE OPTIQUE L=850MM
6 CM+9515524451 BOWDENZUG
BOWDEN CABLE TRACTION
CABLE SOUS-GAINE
7 CM+9515544321 KABEL FL 10/8/4POL (GS446,GS444/ST1 - GS440/ST3)
FLAT CABLE 10/8/4POL (GS446,GS444/ST1 - GS440/ST3)
CABLE PLAT 10/8/4POL (GS446,GS444/ST1 - GS440/ST3)
8 CM+9515544341 KABEL FL 12/4/4/4POL (GS440/ST4 - GS412,GS410/ST3)
FLAT CABLE 12/4/4/4POL (GS440/ST4 - GS412,GS410/ST3)
CABLE PLAT 12/4/4/4POL (GS440/ST4 - GS412,GS410/ST3)
9 CM+9515590901 PIN-DIODEN (GS440-PIN-DIODEN-BD + GS444-IP-ALIGNMENT-LS)
PIN DIODES (GS440-PIN-DIODEN-BD + GS444-IP-ALIGNMENT-LS)
PLOTS DIODES (GS440-PIN-DIODEN-BD + GS444-IP-ALIGNMENT-LS)
10 CM+9514525900 KUPPLUNG VOLLSTÄNDIG
CLUTCH ASSY
ACCOUPLEMENT COMPL.
11 CM+9949965402 GS LS-STATISCH (GS448-ROLLER-LIFT-LS)
LIGHT SENSOR BOARD-STATIC (GS448-ROLLER-LIFT-LS)
CARTE PHOTOCELLULE STATIQ (GS448-ROLLER-LIFT-LS)
12 CM+9988905800 KABEL FL 4POL (GS448/ST1 - GS410/ST2)
FLAT CABLE 4POL (GS448/ST1 - GS410/ST2)
CABLE PLAT 4POL (GS448/ST1 - GS410/ST2)
13 CM+9514526190 FÜHRUNG
GUIDE
GUIDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 3
SCAN UNIT - PART 3
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 3
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 33
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
FÜR STANDARD UND ADVANCED SCANNER
FOR STANDARD AND ADVANCED SCANNER
POUR STANDARD ET ADVANCED SCANNER
D707

11
(GS438)
02

04
07

06*

03
01

05*
08*
09

5155_0100_8014.cdr
10
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 4
SCAN UNIT - PART 4
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 4
Chapter 5 / 34 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9036260710 RÄNDELMUTTER M4
KNURLED NUT
ECROU MOLETE
2 CM+9037150290 SCHWINGMETALL 15X15/M4
RUBBER METAL CONNECTION 15X15/M4
JOINTURE METALLO-CAOUTCHOUC 15X15/M4
3 CM+9039901590 ABSTANDSBOLZEN 6KT7-M4X50
SPACER BOLT
BOULON D'ÉCARTEMENT
4 CM+9515520400 GALVO ERSATZBAUGRUPPE (GS438-GALVO-MOT + DRV)
GALVO REPLACEMENT ASSEMBLY (GS438-GALVO-MOT + DRV)
UNITE DE REPLACEMENT DU GALVO (GS438-GALVO-MOT + DRV)
5 CM+9514527571 * GALVO DECKEL
CALVO COVER
COUVERCLE DU GALVO
6 CM+9514527581 * DICHTUNG
GASKET
JOINT
7 CM+9514529102 GALVOHALTERUNG
GALVO HOLDER
SUPPORT DU GALVO
8 CM+9515512250 * EMV-ABDECKUNG
EMC COVER
COUVERCLE EM
9 CM+9515512680 EMV-DICHTUNG L=362
EMC GASKET
JOINT EM
10 CM+9515512690 EMV-DICHTUNG L=562
EMC GASKET
JOINT EM
11 CM+9515521060 FEDERBLECH
SPRING METAL SHEET
TOLE ELASTIQUE A RESSORT
99 CM+9514590601 GALVO + GALVOHALTERUNG
GALVO + GALVO HOLDER
GALVO + SUPPORT DU GALVO

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

SCAN-EINHEIT - TEIL 4
SCAN UNIT - PART 4
UNITE SCANNER - PARTIE 4
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 35
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8015.cdr
(GS 332)
02
(GS 330)

04
06

(GS 334)
03

(GS 310)
05
(GS 340)
16
(GS 360)

(GS 350)
17

07

A
(GS 320)
18

21

15
01
19

14

09
11
Ansicht / View / Vue "A"
20

13

10

12

08
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
VME-RACK
VME RACK
VME RACK
Chapter 5 / 36 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9048613650 DISKETTENLAUFWERK 3,5"
FLOPPY-DISK-DRIVE
LECTEUR
2 CM+9514514252 BER BOARD (GS332)
BER BOARD (GS332)
BER BOARD (GS332)
3 CM+9514514280 MEMORY BOARD (GS334)
MEMORY BOARD (GS334)
CARTE DE MEMOIRE (GS334)
4 CM+9514514301 GEMINI MIT FRONT F. SERVICE
GEMINI WITH FRONT PLATE FOR SERVICE
GEMINI AVEC FACE AVANT POUR SERVICE
5 CM+9514514801 EINSCHUB VME NETZTEIL (GS310-VME-POWER-SUPPL)
PLUG-IN MODULE VME POWER SUPPLY (GS310-VME-POWER-SUPPL)
TIROIR BLOC SECTEUR VME (GS310-VME-POWER-SUPPL)
6 CM+9514514904 GEMINI KOMPLETT (GS330-VME-GEMINI-BD)
GEMINI COMPLETE (GS330-VME-GEMINI-BD)
GEMINI COMPLET (GS330-VME-GEMINI-BD)
7 CM+9515515150 EINSCHUB SAB ADC SOLO (GS350-VME-SAB)
PLUG-IN SAB ADC SOLO (GS350-VME-SAB)
TIROIR SAB ADC SOLO (GS350-VME-SAB)
8 CM+9514547102 KABEL 3POL POWERSUPPLY
CABLE 3POL
CABLE 3POL
9 CM+9514547122 KABELBAUM POWERSUPPLY
BACKPLANE / CABLE HARNESS
FAISCEAU DE CABLE
10 CM+9514547140 KABEL 4POL
CABLE 4POL
CABLE 4POL
11 CM+9514547161 KABEL 8POL
CABLE 8POL
CABLE 8POL
12 CM+9514547181 KABEL FL 64POL
FLAT CABLE, 64POLE
CABLE PLAT, 64POLAIRE
13 CM+9514547200 KABEL FL 50/64POL
FLAT CABLE 50/60POL
CABLE PLAT 50/60POL
14 CM+9514547321 KABEL FL 64POL BRÜCKE
FLAT CABLE, 64POLE
CABLE PLAT, 64POLAIRE
15 CM+9515514052 VME RACK BESTÜCKT (INCL. POS. 05 + ALLE KABELN)
VME-RACK (INCL. ITEM 05 + ALL CABLE)
VME-RACK (INCL. POS. 05 + TUTES CABLES)
16 CM+9515515050 EINSCHUB SCB KOMPLETT (GS340-VME-SCB)
PLUG-IN MODULE SCB COMPLE (GS340-VME-SCB)
TIROIR SCB COMPLET (GS340-VME-SCB)
17 CM+9515515251 VME ADAPTERKARTE KOMPLETT (GS360-VME-ADAPTER-BD)
VME ADAPTER BOARD (GS360-VME-ADAPTER-BD)
CARTE RALLONGE VME (GS360-VME-ADAPTER-BD)
18 CM+9515515402 EINSCHUB STORAGE KOMPLETT (GS320-VME-STORAGE-BD)
PLUG-IN MODULE STORAGE COMPLETE (GS320-VME-STORAGE-BD)
TIROIR STORAGE COMPLET (GS320-VME-STORAGE-BD)

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

VME-RACK
VME RACK
VME RACK
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 37
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
5155_0100_8015.cdr
(GS 332)
02
(GS 330)

04
06

(GS 334)
03

(GS 310)
05
(GS 340)
16
(GS 360)

(GS 350)
17

07

A
(GS 320)
18

21

15
01
19

14

09
11
Ansicht / View / Vue "A"
20

13

10

12

08
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
VME-RACK
VME RACK
VME RACK
Chapter 5 / 38 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
19 CM+9515516352 VME GLEITBAHN GENIETET
VME SLIDE TRACK
RAIL GLISSANT VME
20 CM+9515546700 KABEL NETZ-VME
POWER CABLE
CORDON D’ALIMENTATION
21 CM+9515591601 SERVICEBAUGRUPPE VERRIEGELUNG
SERVICE ASSEMBLY LOCK
ENSEMBLE DE CONSTRUCTION SERVICE VERROUILLAGE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

VME-RACK
VME RACK
VME RACK
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 39
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M
(GS210)

(S203)
09
17

5155_0100_8016.cdr
D3227

12
(MC201)
03
D707

11

D707
10
11

(GS230)
14
15

08

D707
(TR206)

(SI1-SI4)
02

04

(SI5)
06

(S202)
01
D5681
D2182
10

(S201)
16

07
(GS220)

D707
13

(SI201)
(SI202)
05
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
POWER UNIT
BLOC DE PUISSANCE
Chapter 5 / 40 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9042663040 TÜR, DECKELSCHALTER (S202-INTERLOCK-FRONT)
DOOR, COVER SWITCH (S202-INTERLOCK-FRONT)
PORTE, INTERRUPTEUR DE COUVERCLE (S202-INTERLOCK-FRONT)
2 CM+9515564050 TRANSFORMATOR XBF 30,5V/4,0A (TR206-30V-TRANSFORMER)
TRANSFORMER (TR206-30V-TRANSFORMER)
TRANSFORMATEUR (TR206-30V-TRANSFORMER)
3 CM+9043660540 FUNK-ENTSTÖRFILTER 230V/16A (MC201-LINE-FILTER)
ANTI-INTERFERENCE FILTER 230V/16A (MC201-LINE-FILTER)
FILTRE ANTIPARASITAGE (MC201-LINE-FILTER)
4 CM+9045196040 SICHERUNG (T 2,5A) (SI1 - SI4)
FUSE (T 2,5A) (SI1 - SI4)
FUSIBLE (T 2,5A) (SI1 - SI4)
5 CM+9045196090 SICHERUNG T 2A (SI201-GALVO-POW-FUSE; SI202-SM-TRANSF-FUSE)
FUSE SLOW-BLOW T 2A (SI201-GALVO-POW-FUSE; SI202-SM-TRANSF-FUSE)
INERTIE FUSIBLE T 2A (SI201-GALVO-POW-FUSE; SI202-SM-TRANSF-FUSE)
6 CM+9045197050 SICHERUNG T 6,25A (SI5)
FUSE T 6,25A (SI5)
FUSIBLE T 6,25A (SI5)
7 CM+9045231730 ÜBERSTROMSCHUTZSCHALTER 14A (S201-MAINS-SWITCH)
OVERCURRENT CIRCUIT BREAK (S201-MAINS-SWITCH)
DISJONCTEUR DE SURCHARGE (S201-MAINS-SWITCH)
8 CM+9047910160 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
9 CM+9515541300 KB WAHLSCHALTER (S203-LINE-SELECTOR)
SELECTOR SWITCH (S203-LINE-SELECTOR)
SELECTEUR (ELECTRIQUE) (S203-LINE-SELECTOR)
10 CM+9515541800 KABEL FL 20POL (GS210/ST2 - GS220/ST1)
FLAT CABLE 20POL (GS210/ST2 - GS220/ST1)
CABLE PLAT 20POL (GS210/ST2 - GS220/ST1)
11 CM+9515541900 KABEL BUS 26POL (BU314 - GS230/ST1)
BUS CABLE 26POL (BU314 - GS230/ST1)
CABLE BUS 26POL (BU314 - GS230/ST1)
12 CM+9515564005 LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
POWER UNIT
BLOC DE PUISSANCE
13 CM+9515564401 GS CURRENT-SENSE (GS220-CURRENT-SENSE)
PCB CURRENT-SENSE (GS220-CURRENT-SENSE)
CI CONTROLE COURANT (GS220-CURRENT-SENSE)
14 CM+9515564502 GS POWER INTEGRATION BOARD (GS230-POWER-INTEGR-BD)
PCB POWER INTEGRATION BOA (GS230-POWER-INTEGR-BD)
CI CARTE INTEGRATION PUIS (GS230-POWER-INTEGR-BD)
15 CM+9515564802 TRAFOWINKEL (ERASURE-TRANSF-UNIT)
TRANSFORMER BRACKET (ERASURE-TRANSF-UNIT)
EQUERRE POUR TRANSFORMATEUR (ERASURE-TRANSF-UNIT)
16 CM+9515591000 NETZTEIL 2X±15V (GS240-15V-POW-SUPPL)
POWER SUPPLY 2X±15V (GS240-15V-POW-SUPPL)
BLOC SECTEUR, 2X±15V (GS240-15V-POW-SUPPL)
17 CM+9515591106 GS SWITCH-ERASURE UNIT (GS210-ERASURE-CTRL-BD) - MIND. SW SOLC1108
PCB SWITCH-ERASURE UNIT (GS210-ERASURE-CTRL-BD) - MIND. SW SOLC1108
CI COMMUTATION UNIT D'EFFACEMENT (GS210-ERASURE-CTRL-BD) - MIND. SW SOLC1108

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
POWER UNIT
BLOC DE PUISSANCE
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 41
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

15

14

16*

07

11 01

04

08 09
05
12*
06

13
02
03

01 03
10
02
13
5155_0100_8020.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 35X35


ADC-C CASSETTES 35X35
CASSETTES ADC-C 35X35
Chapter 5 / 42 TYPE 8304/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
2 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
3 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
4 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
5 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
6 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS
7 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
8 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
9 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
10 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
11 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830460300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9830461600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 35X35


ADC-C CASSETTES 35X35
CASSETTES ADC-C 35X35
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8304/0780 Chapter 5 / 43
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

16

15

17*

07

12 01

04

08 10
05
13*
06

14
02
03

01 03
11
02
14
5155_0100_8017.CDR

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 24X30


ADC-C CASSETTES 24X30
CASSETTES ADC-C 24X30
Chapter 5 / 44 TYPE 8305/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830530110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830560300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9830561600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 24X30


ADC-C CASSETTES 24X30
CASSETTES ADC-C 24X30
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8305/0780 Chapter 5 / 45
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

15

14

16*

07

11 01

04

08 09
05
12*
06

13
02
03

01 03
10
02
13
5155_0100_8020.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 18X24


ADC-C CASSETTES 18X24
CASSETTES ADC-C 18X24
Chapter 5 / 46 TYPE 8307/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830630110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830760300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9830761600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 18X24


ADC-C CASSETTES 18X24
CASSETTES ADC-C 18X24
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8307/0780 Chapter 5 / 47
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

15

14

16*

07

11 01

04

08 09
05
12*
06

13
02
03

01 03
10
02
13
5155_0100_8020.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 10"X12"


ADC-C CASSETTES 10"X12"
CASSETTES ADC-C 10"X12"
Chapter 5 / 48 TYPE 8308/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830830110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830860300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9830861600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 10"X12"


ADC-C CASSETTES 10"X12"
CASSETTES ADC-C 10"X12"
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8308/0780 Chapter 5 / 49
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

15

14

16*

07

11 01

04

08 09
05
12*
06

13
02
03

01 03
10
02
13
5155_0100_8020.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 8"X10"


ADC-C CASSETTES 8"X10"
CASSETTES ADC-C 8"X10"
Chapter 5 / 50 TYPE 8309/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830930110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830960300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9830961600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 8"X10"


ADC-C CASSETTES 8"X10"
CASSETTES ADC-C 8"X10"
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8309/0780 Chapter 5 / 51
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

15

14

16*

07

11 01

04

08 09
05
12*
06

13
02
03

01 03
10
02
13
5155_0100_8020.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 15X30


ADC-C CASSETTES 15X30
CASSETTES ADC-C 15X30
Chapter 5 / 52 TYPE 8316/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830530110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9831660300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM COMPLETE
FOND COMPLET
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9831661301 CHIPKARTENHALTER ADC-C 15X30
CHIP CARD HOLDER
PORTE CARTE PUCE ADC-C
16 CM+9831661600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 15X30


ADC-C CASSETTES 15X30
CASSETTES ADC-C 15X30
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8316/0780 Chapter 5 / 53
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 43X35


ADC-C CASSETTES 43X35
CASSETTES ADC-C 43X35
Chapter 5 / 54 TYPE 8320/0780 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
11 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9832060300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461300 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9832061600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 43X35


ADC-C CASSETTES 43X35
CASSETTES ADC-C 43X35
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8320/0780 Chapter 5 / 55
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 21X43 (43X35)


ADC-C CASSETTES 21X43 (43X35)
CASSETTES ADC-C 21X43 (43X35)
Chapter 5 / 56 TYPE 8320/0785 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
12 CM+9832080300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
13 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
14 CM+9832050510 BUCHSE
BUSHING
DOUILLE
15 CM+9830461301 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
16 CM+9832061600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

ADC-C KASSETTEN 21X43 (43X35)


ADC-C CASSETTES 21X43 (43X35)
CASSETTES ADC-C 21X43 (43X35)
Edition 2, Revision 9 TYPE 8320/0785 Chapter 5 / 57
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

02

01

5155_0100_8025.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

MODIFIKATIONS BAUGRUPPEN - ZUBEHÖR


MODIFICATION KITS - ACCESSORIES
KIT DE MODIFICATION - ACCESSOIRE
Chapter 5 / 58 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9
2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9515592202 MODIFIKATIONSKIT ENTLADEBÜRSTE
MODIFICATIONS KIT DISCHARGE BRUSH
KIT DE MODIFICATIONS BROSSES DE DECHARGEMENT
2 CM+9515592300 MODIFIKATIONSKIT KASSETTENÖFFNER
MODIFICATIONS KIT CASSETTE OPENER
KIT DE MODIFICATIONS OUVREUSE DE CASSETTES
99 CM+9515510152 CU-FILTER VERPACKT
CU FILTER PACKED
FILTER CU EMBALLE
99 CM+9515595000 MOBILEKIT ADC SOLO
MOBILE KIT ADC SOLO
KIT MOBILE ADC SOLO
99 CM+9515510904 SW-DISKETTENSATZ SOL_2205
SW DISKETT SET SOL_2205
JEU DE DISQUETTESCLOGICIELS SOL_2205
99 CM+9514530550 TESTBILD CD NEUTRAL
TEST PATERN CD
CD TEST IMAGE
99 CM+9515593000 * VERPACKUNG
PACKING
EMBALLAGE

=Assembly
D =Standardised part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =Spare part not available from stock. Expect extended delivery time.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

MODIFIKATIONS BAUGRUPPEN - ZUBEHÖR


MODIFICATION KITS - ACCESSORIES
KIT DE MODIFICATION - ACCESSOIRE
Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 59
Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

Empfohlene Ersatzteilsortimente
Ersatzteilsortimente repräsentieren eine Auswahl wichtiger Teile aus der Ersatzteilliste.

Sortimentskategorien

R 'Repair' Teilebedarf zur Reparatur des Geräts.


Dieses Sortiment sollte der Techniker im Auto mitführen "Car Stock".
Die Mengen decken den Bedarf für bis zu 10 Geräte.
Lokal individuelle Mengenanpassungen vornehmen in Abhängigkeit von:
- Anzahl der Geräte
- Größe des Servicegebiets
- Servicestruktur (zentral/dezentral)
- Bevorratungszeit

I 'Installation' Teilebedarf zur Installation des Geräts.


Dieses Sortiment sollte als Kofferlager zur Verfügung stehen.
Es enthält alle gerätespezifischen Teile die zusätzlich zu den Teilen des
Gerätelieferumfangs zur Durchführung einer Installation benötigt werden.
Die Mengen reichen für eine einzige Geräteinstallation.

M 'Maintenance' Teilebedarf zur Wartung des Geräts.


Dieses Sortiment sollte als Kofferlager zur Verfügung stehen.
Dieses Sortiment muss für eine Wartung zur Verfügung stehen.
Es enthält alle gerätespezifischen Teile die zur Durchführung einer Wartung nach
Wartungscheckliste benötigt werden.
Die Mengen reichen für eine einzige Wartung.

L 'Local stock' Extrem teure oder sperrige Teile die im Zentrallager des Landes anstatt im R-Sortiment
zur Verfügung stehen sollten.
Strategischer Bestand unabhängig von der Anzahl der Geräteinstallationen.
Falls diese Teile Bestandteil des Serviceabkommens sind müssen sie nach Verwendung
umgehend wieder auf Lager gelegt werden.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Chapter 5 / 60 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9


2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List

Recommended Spare Parts Assortments


Spare Parts Assortments represent a selection of important parts out of the Spare Parts List.

Categories of Assortments

R 'Repair' Parts required to repair a machine.


This assortment should be available in the field service engineers` car stock
Quantity covers requirements for up to 10 machines.
Adapt the locally required individual amount depending on:
- number of machines
- extension of the service area
- service structure (centralized/decentralized)
- stockpiling

I 'Installation' Parts required to install a machine.


This assortment should be available in a suitcase.
It includes all machine specific parts required to perform
the installation in addition to the parts included in
the shipment.
Quantity covers one single machine installation

M 'Maintenance' Parts required to maintain a machine.


This assortment should be available in a suitcase.
This assortment must be available during a maintenance job,
it includes all machine specific parts required to perform a maintenance
according to the Maintenance check list.
Quantity covers one single maintenance.

L 'Local stock' Extremely expensive or bulky parts which should be kept


in the country central warehouse instead of the R assortment.
Strategic stock quantity is independent of the installed base.
If service contract obligations refer to these parts, they must be replenished
immediately.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 61


Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

Assortiments de pièces détachées


Les assortiments suivants représentent une sélection de pièces essentielles extraites de la liste de
pièces détachées.

Catégories d’assortiments

R 'Repair' Pièces requises pour la réparation de l’appareil.


Le technicien devrait avoir cet assortiment dans son véhicule ( = Carstock)
Cette quantité est suffisante pour la réparation de 10 appareils.
Adapter les quantités sur place d’après les critères :
- nombre d’appareils
- extension de la zone d’intervention
- structure du service technique (centralisation/décentralisation)
- temps d’approvisionnement

I 'Installation' Pièces requises pour l’installation de l'appareil.


Cet assortiment devrait être disponible dans une mallette.
Il contient toutes les pièces spécifiques à l’appareil requises pour effecteur l'installation en
plus des pièces incluses dans la fourniture.
La quantité recouvre les besoins pour l’installation d’un seul appareil.

M 'Maintenance' Pièces requises pour la révision de l’appareil.


Cet assortiment devrait être disponible dans une mallette.
Cet assortiment doit être disponible pendant la révision.
Il contient toutes les pièces spécifiques à l’appareil pour effecteur la maintenance en
fonction de la Maintenance check list.
Cette quantité est suffisante pour la révision d’un seul appareil.

L 'Local stock' Pièces encombrantes, extrêmement onéreuses qui devraient être stockées
dans le magasin central de votre pays à la place de l'assortiment R.
La réserve de pièces stratégiques ne dépend pas du nombre d’appareils installés.
Si le contrat de maintenance fait référence à ces pièces elles doivent être remplacées
immédiatement.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Chapter 5 / 62 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9


2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List

Bestellung von Sortimenten


Bestellung AGFA intern:
Code AH602A im EVS öffnen, Sortimentsnummer für das gewünschte Sortiment R, I, M oder L
eingeben und Einzelteile bestellen.

Bestellung durch AGFA Partner:


Das gewünschte Sortiment bei der zuständigen AGFA Vertretung mit Angabe der betreffenden
Sortimentsnummer R, I, M oder L bestellen.

Ordering of Spare Part Kits


AGFA internal orders:
Open Code AH602A in the EVS, enter the kit number for the required assortment R, I, M, or L and
order individual parts.

Orders of AGFA partners:


Order the required assortment via the responsible AGFA Agency listing the respective kit number of
assortment R, I, M, or L.

Commande d'assortiments
Commande interne à AGFA :
ouvrir le code AH602A dans EVS, écrire le numéro de l'assortiment souhaité comme R, I, M ou L et
passer commande des pièces.

Commande par les partenaires d'AGFA :


passer commande de l'assortiment souhaité auprès du dépositaire AGFA en charge en indiquant le
numéro de l'assortiment comme R, I, M ou L.

CM+051550100731 ADC-SOLO Sortiment R Version 6


CM+051550100734 ADC-SOLO Sortiment L Version 4
CM+051550100735 ADC SOLO Sortiment Z Version 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 63


Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Spare Parts List DD+DIS093.06M

Typenverzeichnis / Type List / List de Type

PATHSPEED CR SP1001 - 5155/0200


ADC SOLO - 5155/0100
CENTRICITY CR SP1001 - 5155/0201
CENTRICITY CR SP100 - 5155/0205
ADC Easylift - 4406/0027

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Chapter 5 / 64 Type 5155/0100 Edition 2, Revision 9


2006-03-02 ADC Solo Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS093.06M Spare Parts List

Optionen / Options / Options

ADC-C CASSETTE 24X30 CM 37PNB


ADC-C CASSETTE 18X24 CM 37POD
ADC-C CASSETTE 10"X12" 37PRK
ADC-C CASSETTE 8"X10" 37PQH
ADC-C CASSETTE 15X30 CM 37PPF
ADC-C CASSETTE 43X35 CM 37PSM
ADC-C CASSETTE 21X43 CM (43X35) 37PWU
MOBILE KIT ADC SOLO EBYO1
ADC-C CASSETTE 35"X35"SR 37PUQ

Nur über Vertrieb bestellbar / Can only be ordered through Sales / Passer commande uniquement par le service des ventes

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 9 Type 5155/0100 Chapter 5 / 65


Agfa Company Confidential ADC Solo 2006-03-02
Copyright © 03.03.2006 DD+DIS093.06M Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Alle Rechte vorbehalten / All rights reserved / Tous droits réservés

Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edité par

Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH


Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München

Technische Änderungen vorbehalten


Technical modifications reserved
Sous réserve des modifications techniques

AGFA und der Agfa-Rhombus sind eingetragene Warenzeichen von Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trade marks of Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
AGFA et le logo Agfa sont des marques déposées de Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH

Agfa Company Confidential


HOME

HEALTHCARE Accessories
Imaging >

Order-No.: DD+DIS256.02E

ADC Solo
*1VHDD71*
1 Piece VHDD7 MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Fitting Instructions for the Mobile Kit


Type 5155 / 153

CM+9.5155.9500.0

This fitting instruction is also enclosed to the accessory.

This document describes the installation of the Mobile Kit, which is


necessary to fix the digitizer on deck when in mobile use.

Necessary time:
approx. 1 hour

Necessary tools:
• 5 mm allen key
• 6 mm allen key
• 7 mm socket wrench
• 10 mm wrench
• 13 mm wrench

printed in Germany 11 / 2002


HOME

Accessories DD+DIS256.02E

List of contents

1 General Information.....................................................3
1.1 Introduction .......................................................................................3
1.2 Scope of Delivery.............................................................................3
1.3 Preparation ........................................................................................3

2 Installation Procedure.................................................4
2.1 Adjust the Wall Mounting Bracket...............................................4
2.2 Adjust the Ground Plate.................................................................4
2.3 Fix the Ground Plate and the Wall Mounting Bracket............5
2.4 Fix the Mounting Bracket to the Digitizer..................................5
2.5 Fix the Digitizer to the wall ............................................................6
2.6 Security Fix of the Scan Unit ........................................................7

Chapter 6 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS256.02E Accessories

1 General Information

1.1 Introduction
Provided with a mobile kit the Digitizer can be installed in a van, in a container
or in a vessel. This mobile installation kit is used to fix the machine on deck.

Mobile Kit:
Type Number: 5155 / 153
ABC Code: EBYO1
Spare Parts No.: CM+ 9.5155.9500.0

1.2 Scope of Delivery

• 1 safety bar with screw (1). (3)


(1)

• 1 mounting block (2). (2)

• 1 wall mounting bracket (4)


with 2 quick action locks (3).
(5)

• 1 bolt with split pin (4).

• 1 mounting bracket to be fixed


to the digitizer (6 screws) (5).
5155P1-B.CDR

• 1 ground plate with mounting


(6)
bracket (6).

• 1 set of installation instructions.

5155P1-C.CDR

1.3 Preparation
• Examine thoroughly the path along which the Digitizer has to be moved
until it reaches its final location, to guarantee sufficient space to pass all the
doors.
• Make sure that the final location is solid enough to carry the Digitizer.
Read carefully the Installation Planning Instructions, chapter 11.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 6 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Accessories DD+DIS256.02E

2 Installation Procedure
2.1 Adjust the Wall Mounting Bracket
• Remove the side panels of the
Digitizer.
• Loosen the paneling screws on
the rear of the Digitizer. Take care
that none of the elements fixing
the paneling screw (1 small and 1
large washer, 1 retaining ring, 1
nut) can fall into the digitizer. The
scan unit may be damaged.
• Fix the mounting block to the
Digitizer with a 5 mm allen key. 5155P2-A.CDR
Please use the two screw sets
supplied, consisting of 1 allen
screw, 1 washer, 1 retaining ring
and one nut each.
• Fix the mounting block to the wall
mounting bracket with the quick
action locks.

2.2 Adjust the Ground Plate


• Position the ground plate as close
as possible to the place where the
Digitizer is expected to remain
located.
• Move the Digitizer onto the
ground plate.
• Insert the bolt into the guide slot
of the mounting bracket provided
to fix the Digitizer on the ground
plate.
5155P1-C.CDR
• Make sure that the mounting
block touches the wall mounting
bracket.
• The mounting bracket of the
ground plate should be

Chapter 6 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS256.02E Accessories

approximately in the middle


position while the screws are not
fixed. Now the ground plate is in
the perfect position.
• Mark the corners of the ground
plate with a pencil.

2.3 Fix the Ground Plate and the Wall Mounting Bracket

• Remove the bolt from the guide


slot and move the Digitizer down
from the ground plate.
• Select a minimum of 4 holes in
the ground plate where you want
to fix it to the floor. You may be
guided by the conditions of the
floor where the Digitizer is being
located.
• Fix the ground plate to the floor.
• Select a minimum of 4 holes in
the wall mounting bracket. You
may be guided by the conditions
of the wall where the Digitizer is
being fixed.
• Fix the wall mounting bracket to
the wall.
• Examine the solidness of the
fixed wall mounting bracket and
the fixed ground plate.

2.4 Fix the Mounting Bracket to the Digitizer


• Lift the Digitizer to an angle which
allows you to fix the mounting
bracket to the digitizer. Use the
10 mm wrench to fix the mounting
bracket tightly (6 screws).

5155P3-A.CDR

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 6 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Accessories DD+DIS256.02E

2.5 Fix the Digitizer to the wall


• Move the Digitizer onto the
ground plate again and insert the
mounting block into the wall
mounting bracket.

• Connect the mounting block to


the wall mounting bracket with the
quick action locks again. Now
screw the quick action locks to
the perfect length. The perfect
length is reached when the lock
snaps softly into the locking
position.

• Insert the bolt into the guide slot


and the mounting bracket of the
digitizer. This locks the Digitizer to
the ground plate.
• Attach the split pin to the provided
hole of the bolt.
• Fix the 4 screws thoroughly to
connect the mounting bracket
firmly to the ground plate.

Chapter 6 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS256.02E Accessories

2.6 Security Fix of the Scan Unit


If the Digitizer is being used in
a mobile location, the scan
unit has to be fixed
additionally.
• Insert the safety bar into
the provided guides and
fix it with the 7 mm socket
wrench.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 6 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS024.05E Field Modifications

List of Contents

Edition Revision Order Number Contents


2 0 DD+DIS274.02E Installation Instructions for
Software SOL_1407
2 1 DD+DIS304.02E Installation Instructions for
Software SOL_2003
2 3 DD+DIS210.03E Installation Instructions for
Software SOL_2101
2 6 DD+DIS319.04E Installation Instructions for
Software SOL_2203
2 7 DD+DIS024.05E Installation Instructions for
Software SOL_2205

Edition 2, Revision 7 ADC Solo Chapter 7


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications

Order-No.: DD+DIS024.05E

ADC Solo
*1YM5YZ1*
1 piece YM5YZ MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Installation Instructions for Software


SOL_2205
This modification instruction is also enclosed to the device software
SOL_2205 (CM+9 5155 1090 4).

SOL_2205 is a mandatory upgrade, as it solves problem of always set “hold”


flag (refer to FSB No. 47) and corrupted images with errors 2060B, 20604
and 20605 (refer to FSB No. 46).

Necessary time:
approx. 30 min

printed in Germany 01 / 2005


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Modifications DD+DIS024.05E

List of Contents

1 General.......................................................................................... 3
1.1 Hardware Requirements .................................................................................3
1.2 Software Requirements ..................................................................................4
1.3 Order number...................................................................................................5
1.4 Scope of Delivery ............................................................................................5

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2205............................................... 5

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk............................................... 5

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions ........................... 6

5 What is new in SOL_2205 compared


to SOL_2203? ............................................................................... 6

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2205 .......................................................... 7

Chapter 7 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS024.05E Field Modifications

1 General

1.1 Hardware Requirements


VME – Rack
• 33 MHz Gemini Board
• EEPROM Mon 4.26
• 32 MB Memory Board
• BER-Board with Ethernet
• VSCB, VERA Scan-Ctrl-Board, Revision 0 or higher with Serial PROM
Version SCBV3026 or higher
• SAB, Scan-Acquisition-Board, Revision 1 or higher
• VERA VME-Adapter Board, Revision 1 or higher
• Floppy (no SCSI)
• 1.2 GB SCSI Hard-Disk
• Stepper Motor Boards GS-IOB-SIN-STEP for download (no EPROM)
Firmware Version: SM5_1113 is included in SOL_1407 and higher
and downloaded to all stepper motor boards.

Erasure Control Board


• The software can deal with erasure control board hardware
versions 0 and 1.

Advanced Scanner Module


• The software can deal with the original scan unit as well as with the new
one with higher pressure on the scan rolls and a stronger stepper motor.

Edition 2, Revision 7 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 3


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications DD+DIS024.05E

1.2 Software Requirements

Recommended software configuration:


Either:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
connected to
MEGA3.32
VIPS
OEM35xxx
connected to
PRID 1.1.05 VIPS.1.0.05 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID-
DCM2.3.3
Stations
LTP01804
connected to
MG/LR3300
or:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
PRID 1.1.07 VIPS.1.0.09 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For Direct ID / Fast Preview and/or Mammo Cassettes this combination is


required:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
> PRID 1.2.07 > VIPS.1.1.11 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For the option Fast Preview CCM tool version 1.1.06 (or higher) is needed.

Chapter 7 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS024.05E Field Modifications

1.3 Order number


CM+9 5155 1090 4

1.4 Scope of Delivery


• SOL_2205
4 floppy disks (1 x “HD formatter” floppy (boot floppy) , 3 x application
program floppies)
• 1 empty floppy disk for backup
• 1 language disk
• 1 upgrade instructions (DD+DIS443.04E)

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2205

For this normal installation procedure, do not use the HD formatter (boot
floppy)!

• Make a new backup of the machine specific data


• Select
<Service Menu>
<Install from floppy>
<Software>
• Follow the online instructions
• After installation of the last floppy, auto reboot of the system
• Renew the backup

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk


This installation procedure is part of the Service Documentation
DD+DIS249.02E (Chapter 3.5, Replacing a defective Hard Disk)

Do not forget to restore test images from CDROM CM+9 5145 1055 0 after
the restore procedure.

Edition 2, Revision 7 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 5


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications DD+DIS024.05E

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions

Upgrade of Versions lower than SOLx1008 to SOL_2205


• The Image FIFO of VSCB (Vera Scan Ctrl Boards) is now checked
during initialization.
In case of a failure Error message 20334 is displayed. Remedy:
Exchange board.
• The FPGA EPROM is checked for Version 8. Some ADC Solo are
equipped with older development versions 9 or 10.
In this case, the error 2031F is generated. Remedy: Replace the FPGA
EPROM on SCB.
• The configuration procedure (CPF-Parser) is changed.
This requires that the CPF has to be parsed (Service-Menu: Configure,
Local Network ID) again after the SW-Update.
• Now the diode laser timing is calculated for the different formats instead
of fix settings.
This requires a new shading calibration of 35CMX43CM.SR

Upgrade of Versions SOLx1008/SOLx1108 to SOL_2205


• In order to configure the fast preview feature, the CPF file has to be
parsed again (“Install from floppy → CPF file” or “Configure local
network ID”).
• If you need another fast preview routing than the default, adapt the CPF
file accordingly, using the CCM version 1104ß1 or higher.

5 What is new in SOL_2205 compared to SOL_2203?

• Resolved problem of “Hold Flag” and “Break Condition”


Resolved problem of wrong setting of the “Hold Flag” and the “Break
Condition” in the DICOM stream. In Software release SOL_2203 the
hold flag had always been set at the VIPS / QS. (In former versions the
hold flag had never been set.)
• Resolved problem of errors 2060B, 20604, 20605
In previous software version the ADC Solo had a problem after 50 days
of continuous operation. Then the error sequence 2060B, 20604, 20605
was generated and the last image was corrupted. This problem is
solved.

Chapter 7 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS024.05E Field Modifications

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2205


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
(MUCft00352)
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the
diagnostic software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that
the GS220 (current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning
indicates that the erasure control board is defective. (MUCft00451)
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds). (MUCft00884)

Edition 2, Revision 7 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 7


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications

Order-No.: DD+DIS319.04E

ADC Solo
*1W5UNJ1*
1 piece W5UNJ MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Installation Instructions for Software


SOL_2203
This modification instruction is also enclosed to the modification kit.

SOL_2203 is a mandatory upgrade, as it solves issue of possible errors


20604, 20605, 2060B occurring after a continuously power-on period of
approximately 25 days (FSB No. 42 and FSB No. 44).

Necessary time:
approx. 30 min

printed in Germany 09 / 2004


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Modifications DD+DIS319.04E

List of Contents

1 General ....................................................................... 3
1.1 Hardware Requirements ......................................................... 3
1.2 Software Requirements .......................................................... 4
1.3 Order number .......................................................................... 5
1.4 Scope of Delivery .................................................................... 5

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2203 ............................ 5

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk ............................ 5

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions ......... 6

5 What is new in SOL_2203 compared to


SOL_2101?................................................................. 6

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2203 ........................................ 7

Chapter 7 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 6


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS319.04E Field Modifications

1 General

1.1 Hardware Requirements


VME – Rack
• 33 MHz Gemini Board
• EEPROM Mon 4.26
• 32 MB Memory Board
• BER-Board with Ethernet
• VSCB, VERA Scan-Ctrl-Board, Revision 0 or higher with Serial PROM
Version SCBV3026 or higher
• SAB, Scan-Acquisition-Board, Revision 1 or higher
• VERA VME-Adapter Board, Revision 1 or higher
• Floppy (no SCSI)
• 1.2 GB SCSI Hard-Disk
• Stepper Motor Boards GS-IOB-SIN-STEP for download (no EPROM)
Firmware Version: SM5_1113 is included in SOL_1407 and higher
and downloaded to all stepper motor boards.

Erasure Control Board


• The software can deal with erasure control board hardware
versions 0 and 1.

Advanced Scanner Module


• The software can deal with the original scan unit as well as with the new
one with higher pressure on the scan rolls and a stronger stepper motor.

Edition 2, Revision 6 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications DD+DIS319.04E

1.2 Software Requirements

Recommended software configuration:


Either:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
connected to
MEGA3.32
VIPS
OEM35xxx
connected to
PRID 1.1.05 VIPS.1.0.05 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID-
DCM2.3.3
Stations
LTP01804
connected to
MG/LR3300
or:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
PRID 1.1.07 VIPS.1.0.09 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For Direct ID / Fast Preview and/or Mammo Cassettes this combination is


required:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
> PRID 1.1.09 > VIPS.1.1.11 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For the option Fast Preview CCM tool version 1.1.06 (or higher) is needed.

Chapter 7 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 6


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS319.04E Field Modifications

1.3 Order number


CM+9 5155 1090 2

1.4 Scope of Delivery


• SOL_2203
4 floppy disks (1 x “HD formatter” floppy (boot floppy) , 3 x application
program floppies)
• 1 empty floppy disk for backup
• 1 language disk
• 1 upgrade instructions (DD+DIS320.04E)

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2203

For this normal installation procedure, do not use the HD formatter (boot
floppy)!

• Make a new backup of the machine specific data


• Select
<Service Menu>
<Install from floppy>
<Software>
• Follow the online instructions
• After installation of the last floppy, auto reboot of the system
• Renew the backup

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk


This installation procedure is part of the Service Documentation
DD+DIS249.02E (Chapter 3.5, Replacing a defective Hard Disk)

Do not forget to restore test images from CDROM CM+9 5145 1055 0 after
the restore procedure.

Edition 2, Revision 6 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Field Modifications DD+DIS319.04E

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions

Upgrade of Versions lower than SOLx1008 to SOL_2203


• The Image FIFO of VSCB (Vera Scan Ctrl Boards) is now checked
during initialization.
In case of a failure Error message 20334 is displayed. Remedy:
Exchange board.
• The FPGA EPROM is checked for Version 8. Some ADC Solo are
equipped with older development versions 9 or 10.
In this case, the error 2031F is generated. Remedy: Replace the FPGA
EPROM on SCB.
• The configuration procedure (CPF-Parser) is changed.
This requires that the CPF has to be parsed (Service-Menu: Configure,
Local Network ID) again after the SW-Update.
• Now the diode laser timing is calculated for the different formats instead
of fix settings.
This requires a new shading calibration of 35CMX43CM.SR

Upgrade of Versions SOLx1008/SOLx1108 to SOL_2203


• In order to configure the fast preview feature, the CPF file has to be
parsed again (“Install from floppy → CPF file” or “Configure local
network ID”).
• If you need another fast preview routing than the default, adapt the CPF
file accordingly, using the CCM version 1104ß1 or higher.

5 What is new in SOL_2203 compared to SOL_2101?

• Resolved 2060B, 20604, 20605 problem


In previous software versions, ADC Solo had a problem after 25 days of
continuous operation. Then the error sequence 2060B, 20604, 20605
was generated and the last image was scrambled. This problem is
solved.
• Resolved Vacuum Detection Problem
A change in timing solves possible problems at vacuum detection.
• Improved Error Handling for TagReader
Corrected error handling in case of write errors.

Chapter 7 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 6


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS319.04E Field Modifications

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2203


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
(MUCft00352)
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the
diagnostic software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that
the GS220 (current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning
indicates that the erasure control board is defective. (MUCft00451)
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message. (MUCft00455)
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds). (MUCft00884)
• In case of an emergency image, the “hold” flag and the “OpMode” flag
are not transmitted correctly.

Edition 2, Revision 6 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME
HEALTHCARE Field Modifications
Imaging >

Order-No.: DD+DIS210.03E

ADC Solo
*1V44FG1*
1 piece V44FG MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Installation Instructions for Software


SOL_2101
This modification instruction is also enclosed to the modification kit.

printed in Germany 07 / 2003


HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS210.03E

List of Contents

1 General ....................................................................... 3
1.1 Hardware Requirements ......................................................... 3
1.2 Software Requirements .......................................................... 4
1.3 Order number .......................................................................... 5
1.4 Scope of Delivery .................................................................... 5

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2101 ............................ 5

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk ............................ 5

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions ......... 6

5 What is new in SOL_2101 compared to


SOL_2003?................................................................. 6

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2101 ........................................ 8

7 Important Remarks.................................................... 8

Chapter 7 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS210.03E Field Modifications

1 General

1.1 Hardware Requirements


VME – Rack
• 33 MHz Gemini Board
• EEPROM Mon 4.26
• 32 MB Memory Board
• BER-Board with Ethernet
• VSCB, VERA Scan-Ctrl-Board, Revision 0 or higher with Serial PROM
Version SCBV3026 or higher
• SAB, Scan-Acquisition-Board, Revision 1 or higher
• VERA VME-Adapter Board, Revision 1 or higher
• Floppy (no SCSI)
• 1.2 GB SCSI Hard-Disk
• Stepper Motor Boards GS-IOB-SIN-STEP for download (no EPROM)
Firmware Version: SM5_1113 is included in SOL_1407 and higher
and downloaded to all stepper motor boards.

Erasure Control Board


• The software can deal with erasure control board hardware
versions 0 and 1.

Advanced Scanner Module


• The software can deal with the original scan unit as well as with the new
one with higher pressure on the scan rolls and a stronger stepper motor.

Edition 2, Revision 3 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS210.03E

1.2 Software Requirements

Recommended software configuration:


Either:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
connected to
MEGA3.32
VIPS
OEM35xxx
connected to
PRID 1.1.05 VIPS.1.0.05 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID-
DCM2.3.3
Stations
LTP01804
connected to
MG/LR3300
or:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
PRID 1.1.07 VIPS.1.0.09 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For Direct ID / Fast Preview and/or Mammo Cassettes this combination is


required:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
> PRID 1.1.09 > VIPS.1.1.11 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For the option Fast Preview CCM tool version 1.1.06 (or higher) is needed.

Chapter 7 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS210.03E Field Modifications

1.3 Order number


CM+9 5155 1090 1

1.4 Scope of Delivery


• SOL_2101
4 floppy disks (1 x “HD formatter” floppy (boot floppy) , 3 x application
program floppies)
• 1 empty floppy disk for backup
• 1 language disk
• 1 upgrade instructions (DD+DIS182.03E)

2 Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2101

For this normal installation procedure, do not use the HD formatter (boot
floppy) !

• Make a new backup of the machine specific data


• Select
<Service Menu>
<Install from floppy>
<Software>
• Follow the online instructions
• After installation of the last floppy, auto reboot of the system
• Renew the backup

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk


This installation procedure is part of the Service Documentation
DD+DIS249.02E (Chapter 3.5, Replacing a defective Hard Disk)

Do not forget to restore test images from CDROM CM+9.5145.1055.0. after


the restore procedure.

Edition 2, Revision 3 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS210.03E

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions

Upgrade of Versions lower than SOLx1008 to SOL_2003


• The Image FIFO of VSCB (Vera Scan Ctrl Boards) is now checked
during initialization.
In case of a failure Error message 20334 is displayed. Remedy:
Exchange board.
• The FPGA EPROM is checked for Version 8. Some ADC Solo are
equipped with older development versions 9 or 10.
In this case, the error 2031F is generated. Remedy: Replace the FPGA
EPROM on SCB.
• The configuration procedure (CPF-Parser) is changed.
This requires that the CPF has to be parsed (Service-Menu: Configure,
Local Network ID) again after the SW-Update.
• Now the diode laser timing is calculated for the different formats instead
of fix settings.
This requires a new shading calibration of 35CMX43CM.SR

Upgrade of Versions SOLx1008/SOLx1108 to SOL_2003


• In order to configure the fast preview feature, the CPF file has to be
parsed again (“Install from floppy → CPF file” or “Configure local
network ID”).
• If you need another fast preview routing than the default, adapt the CPF
file accordingly, using the CCM version 1104ß1 or higher.

5 What is new in SOL_2101 compared to SOL_2003?


• Error descriptions updated
The error file has been updated prior to generating the software. This is
done automatically from now on.
• Now Flushing NVFs after Modification
Writing configuration data via NVF to disk introduces a latency time of
estimated 3 - 5 seconds. This means that an immediate power-off after
configuration can switch off the system before those values are actually
written to disk. Now a change is made, that every time after having
changed a NVF, the software flushes volume D:, to avoid loss of data. It
must be mentioned, that this solution significantly shortens, but not
removes the latency time.
• Increased MFB Upper Limit for Parts Replacements
Increased maximum for MFB at photomultiplier replacement from 0.35 to
0.4. This is the same value, as used at MFA / MFB calibration. At
MFA/MFB calibration time, the values are checked for the following
limits: 2.0 <= MFA <= 3.2
0.25 <= MFB <= 0.4
The check of the photomultiplier replacement floppy parameters now
uses exactly the same values.

Chapter 7 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS210.03E Field Modifications

• Workaround to avoid wrong Error Code 247B0


The change will reset the erasure control board in case of a error
message of erasure control board. The error 247B0 is no longer treated
as fatal error, but as warning with info counter entry. This will result in a
lack in really detecting a defective erasure control board, but there is no
risk for safety or image loss. (COM010912005)
• Solved Problem with Error Sequence 2060B, 20604, 20605
Under certain network conditions, a transmission error could occur,
which could result in a fragmented image with missing image blocks.
The errors 2060B, 20604 and 20605 were written to the info counters in
this case. To solve this problem, two measures have been taken: The
task priority of SPO was changed from 49 to 55, which is now lower than
the BAC priority of 51. The number of possible message header blocks
of SCN was changed from 20 to 50, which is now higher than the image
block queue length of 45. (COM0210040032)
• Solved Problem with White Stripe at FLFS Images
When working in full leg / full spine mode, sometimes begin of scan
(BOS) was detected incorrectly, which resulted in a white stripe of about
20 mm at the beginning of the image. This problem is solved now by a
consistency check of BOS signals at Slow Scan startup (where anyhow
a BOS signal would not be feasible). (COM0211190017)
• Modified Software Default for IPTable / Now Testing for old IPTable
Version
Image plate sensitivities and erasibilities in ADC Solo are defined by the
table IPTYPES.TBL. This table is generated from ADC.CPF during the
parsing process, which is initiated by the LCD menu selection
“CONFIGURE - Local network ID” or “INSTALL from floppy - CPF-File”.
In the past, all possible values from 0 to 99 have been defined, but only
values below 20 have been used. The image plate type values 20 and

above have now been redefined. To ensure, that ADC Solo always takes
the new definitions, two measures have been taken:
- The software default for image plate type values 20 and
above has been set to invalid.
- Each start-up, after having loaded IPTYPES.TBL, the
software checks the table entry at the position 70. If it
finds the values of the old definition (erasibility=63,
sensitivity=1264), it assumes the complete table to be old
and sets all entries from 20 to 99 to invalid.
This ensures, that old cassettes can be used without any modifications
and that new cassettes with codes between 20 and 99 are rejected with
“UNKNOWN IP_TYPE – Remove cassette, call Service, press confirm”,
as long as the new image plate type table has not been installed via
ADC.CPF.
To allow usage of new image plate types, create a new ADC.CPF,
using CCM tool 1.1.07 or higher, and install it in all ADC digitizers
in the system !
• Solved Reset Problem in Case of Vacuum not Reached
When vacuum was not reached at action ‘take IP after scanning‘, a
mms_qpost() function was called with a wrong parameter type (pointer
instead of integer for mms descriptor).

Edition 2, Revision 3 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS210.03E

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2101


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• Images made with emergency keys 1 or 2 might have no date in DICOM
stream. (MUCft00251)
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
(MUCft00352)
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the
diagnostic software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that
the GS220 (current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning
indicates that the erasure control board is defective. (MUCft00451)
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message. (MUCft00455)
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds). (MUCft00884)

7 Important Remarks
To avoid any formatting, the ‚format‘ program is delivered no more. 'format'
would cause a complete loss of the test images.

Chapter 7 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HOME
HEALTHCARE Field Modifications
Imaging >

Order-No.: DD+DIS304.02E

ADC Solo
*1VO16Y1*
1 Piece VO16Y MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Installation of Software SOL_2003


This modification instruction is also enclosed to the modification kit.

printed in Germany 02 / 2003


HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS304.02E

List of Contents

1 General ....................................................................... 3
1.1 Hardware Requirements ......................................................... 3
1.2 Software Requirements .......................................................... 4
1.3 Order number .......................................................................... 5
1.4 Scope of Delivery .................................................................... 5

2 Upgrade-Procedure to SOL_2003 ............................ 5

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk ............................ 5

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions ......... 6

5 What is new in SOL_2003 compared to


SOL_1407?................................................................. 6

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2003 ........................................ 7

7 Important Remarks.................................................... 7

Chapter 7 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS304.02E Field Modifications

1 General

1.1 Hardware Requirements

VME – Rack
• 33 MHz Gemini Board
• EEPROM Mon 4.26
• 32 MB Memory Board
• BER-Board with Ethernet
• VSCB, VERA Scan-Ctrl-Board, Revision 0 or higher with Serial PROM
Version SCBV3026 or higher
• SAB, Scan-Acquisition-Board, Revision 1 or higher
• VERA VME-Adapter Board, Revision 1 or higher
• Floppy (no SCSI)
• 1.2 GB SCSI Hard-Disk
• Stepper Motor Boards GS-IOB-SIN-STEP for download (no EPROM)
Firmware Version: SM5_1113 is included in SOL_1407 and higher
and downloaded to all stepper motor boards.

Erasure Control Board


The software can deal with erasure control board hardware
versions 0 and 1.

Advanced Scanner Module


The software can deal with the original scan unit as well as with the new one
with higher pressure on the scan rolls and a stronger stepper motor.

Edition 2, Revision 1 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS304.02E

1.2 Software Requirements

Recommended software configuration:

Either:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
connected to
MEGA3.32
VIPS
OEM35xxx
connected to
PRID 1.1.05 VIPS.1.0.05 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID-
DCM2.3.3
Stations
LTP01804
connected to
MG/LR3300

or:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
PRID 1.1.07 VIPS.1.0.09 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For Direct ID / Fast Preview and/or Mammo Cassettes this combination is


required:
Configuration Preview and Processing - Medical -
ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS
> PRID 1.1.09 > VIPS.1.1.11 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For the option Fast Preview CCM tool version 1.1.06 is needed.

Chapter 7 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS304.02E Field Modifications

1.3 Order number


CM+9.5155.1090.0

1.4 Scope of Delivery

• SOL_2003
4 floppy disks (1 x “HD formatter” floppy (boot floppy) , 3 x application
program floppies)
• 1 empty floppy disk for backup
• 1 upgrade instructions (DD+DIS)

2 Upgrade-Procedure to SOL_2003

For this normal installation procedure, do not use the HD formatter (boot
floppy) !

• Make a new backup of the machine specific data


• Select
<Service Menu>
<Install from floppy>
<Software>
• Follow the online instructions
• After installation of the last floppy, auto reboot of the system
• Renew the backup

3 Installation on a virgin Hard Disk


This installation procedure is part of the Service Documentation
DD+DIS249.02E (Chapter 3.5, Replacing a defective Hard Disk)

Do not forget to restore test images from CDROM CM+9.5145.1055.0. after


the restore procedure.

Edition 2, Revision 1 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS304.02E

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions


Upgrade of Versions lower than SOLx1008 to SOL_2003
• The Image FIFO of VSCB (Vera Scan Ctrl Boards) is now checked
during initialization.
In case of a failure Error message 20334 is displayed. Remedy:
Exchange board.
• The FPGA EPROM is checked for Version 8. Some ADC Solo are
equipped with older development versions 9 or 10.
In this case, the error 2031F is generated. Remedy: Replace the FPGA
EPROM on SCB.
• The configuration procedure (CPF-Parser) is changed.
This requires that the CPF has to be parsed (Service-Menu: Configure,
Local Network ID) again after the SW-Update.
• Now the diode laser timing is calculated for the different formats instead
of fix settings.
This requires a new shading calibration of 35CMX43CM.SR

Upgrade of Versions SOLx1008/SOLx1108 to SOL_2003


• In order to configure the fast preview feature, the CPF file has to be
parsed again (“Install from floppy → CPF file” or “Configure local
network ID”).
• If you need another fast preview routing than the default, adapt the CPF
file accordingly, using the CCM version 1104ß1 or higher.

5 What is new in SOL_2003 compared to SOL_1407?


• SOL_2003 supports subtypes 100, 105, 200, 201
Type 100: Standard ADC Solo
Type 105: Only a subset of cassette formats and IP type
MD15 can be handled by this device. This subtype can be
upgraded by means of an upgrade floppy, installed as
ordinary software. Upgrading must be done in the service menu, by
an field service engineer.
Type 200: OEM device
Type 201: OEM device

• Speedclass button user configurable


The speedclass for both buttons can be individually configured by the
user now (Keyoperator- / Setup Digitizer). In addition to the explicit
speedclasses ‘default’ can be selected. This setting uses the
speedclasses as defined in the corresponding EXAM table entry of the
CPF-file.
This feature is available in all subtypes of ADC Solo.

• Log level increased


Log level increased to reduce occurrence frequency of error 2247C due
to busy flag set not correctly.

Chapter 7 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS304.02E Field Modifications

6 Known Bugs in SOL_2003


• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance
restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user
intervention whatsoever.
• Images made with emergency keys 1 or 2 might have no date in DICOM
stream.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.
• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the
diagnostic software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that
the GS220 (current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning
indicates that the erasure control board is defective.
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message.
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few
seconds).
• Description for error 2247C missing (Timeout of stepper drive clamping
during home positioning).
• Wrong error message if no erasure lamps in erasure unit.
• Throughput for cassette 35CMX43CM.SR marginally below spec.
• UI Spec. Service Level not updated with functions of SOL_140x.
• Error 2247C at cassette handling occurs at certain machines.
• System hold during endurance run.
• Error 224BF when canceling test cycle.
• Configuration settings not immediately written to disk. Configuration
settings, such as fast preview on/off, rerouting, settings for speedclass
buttons might not be persistent, if the device is switched off within five
seconds after having modified the configuration. In this case the user
has to verify that the settings are correct after the next startup.

7 Important Remarks
To avoid any formatting, the ‚format‘ program is delivered no more. 'format'
would cause a complete loss of the test images.

Edition 2, Revision 1 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME
HEALTHCARE Field Modifications
Imaging >

Order-No.: DD+DIS274.02E

ADC Solo
*1VGU8O1*
1 Piece VGU8O MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Installation Instructions for Software


SOL_1407
This modification instruction is also enclosed to the modification kit.

Necessary time:
approx. 30 min

printed in Germany 11 / 2002


HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS274.02E

List of contents

1 General ..........................................................................3
1.1 Hardware Requirements ................................................................3
1.2 Software Requirements..................................................................4
1.3 Order Number: ..................................................................................5
1.4 Scope of Delivery.............................................................................5
1.5 Disable Precheck and Direct ID Functions ...............................5

2 Installation of Software (Normal Upgrade-


Procedure) ....................................................................6

3 Restore of the Complete System (after a hard disk


replacement).................................................................6

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions..........6

5 What is new in SOL_1407?.........................................7

6 Known Bugs in SOL_1407..........................................8

7 Important Remarks ......................................................9

Chapter 7 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS274.02E Field Modifications

1 General

The upgrade to SOL_1407 is a must-modification, because it increases galvo


life time.

1.1 Hardware Requirements

VME – Rack
• 33 MHz Gemini Board
• EEPROM Mon 4.26
• 32 MB Memory Board
• BER-Board with Ethernet
• VSCB, VERA Scan-Ctrl-Board, Revision 0 or higher with Serial PROM
Version SCBV3026 or higher
• SAB, Scan-Acquisition-Board, Revision 1 or higher
• VERA VME-Adapter Board, Revision 1 or higher
• Floppy (no SCSI)
• 1.2 GB SCSI Hard-Disk
• Stepper Motor Boards GS-IOB-SIN-STEP for download (no EPROM).
Firmware Version SM5_1113 is included in SOL_1407 and downloaded
to all stepper motor boards.

Erasure Control Board


• The software can deal with erasure control board hardware
versions 0 and 1.

Advanced Scanner Module


• The software can deal with the original scan unit as well as with the new
one with higher pressure on the scan rolls and a stronger stepper motor.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS274.02E

1.2 Software Requirements

Recommended software configuration:

Either:

Configuration Preview and Processing- Medical-


ID-Station Device Gateway (HC)
One ADC-Solo
connected to MEGA3.32
VIPS OEM35xxx
connected to PRID1.1.05 VIPS1.0.05 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID- DCM2.3.3
Stations LTP01804
connected to
MG/LR3300

or:

Configuration Preview and Processing- Medical-


ID-Station Device Gateway
(HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
VIPS OEM35xxx
connected to PRID1.1.07 VIPS1.0.09 Mon 4.03
Preview & ID-
Stations DCM2.3.3
connected to LTP01804
MG/LR3300

For Direct ID / Fast Preview and/or Mammo Cassettes this combination is


required:

Configuration Preview and Processing- Medical-


ID-Station Device Gateway
(HC)
One ADC-Solo
MEGA3.32
connected to
OEM35xxx
VIPS > PRID1.2.09 ≥ VIPS1.1.11 Mon 4.03
connected to
DCM2.3.3
Preview & ID-
LTP01804
Stations

For the option Fast Preview CCM tool version 1.1.06 is needed.

Chapter 7 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS274.02E Field Modifications

1.3 Order Number:


CM+9.5155.1055.0

1.4 Scope of Delivery


SOL_1407
4 floppy disks (1 x “HD formatter” floppy (boot floppy) , 3 x application program
floppies)
1 empty floppy disk
1 upgrade instructions (DD+DIS205.02E)

1.5 Disable Precheck and Direct ID Functions


In order to provide a smooth installation and to prevent from problems with
network communication/tag reader, disable Precheck and Direct ID
functions.
After a successful software upgrade enable Precheck and Direct ID function
only if it is really in use at the customer.

How to disable Precheck Function:


Enter the <Key Operator Menu>
Fast Preview
Fast Preview ON/OFF (set OFF)
Confirm with OK

How to disable Direct ID Function:


Check on the digitizer whether Direct ID is enabled by performing the following
steps.:

(1) Press one of the two emergency buttons


If the keypad display changes to Direct ID, the Direct ID function is
enabled (see figure below).
BUSY
DIRECT ID

IDENTIFY AT ID STATION
or press to use emergency data

5155_dis205.02_001.cdr

Proceed with step 2, otherwise start the software upgrade procedure


(see section 2 Installation of Software (Normal Upgrade-Procedure))
(2) Connect to the digitizer via telnet (e.g. telnet 10.6.5.166)
(3) Enter login and password
(4) Enter nve COCXXX00 uses_dirID 0
(5) Reset digitizer
(6) Start software upgrade procedure (see following “Installation of Software
(Normal Upgrade-Procedure)”)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS274.02E

2 Installation of Software (Normal Upgrade-Procedure)


Upgrade to SOL_1407

Do not use the HD formatter (boot floppy)!

Make a new backup of the machine specific data

Select
<Service Menu>
<Install from floppy>
<Software>
Follow the online instructions.
After installation of the last cassette, auto reboot of the system
Renew the backup

3 Restore of the Complete System (after a hard disk


replacement)
The restore procedure is part of the Service Documentation (DD+DIS249.02E,
Section 3.5).

Do not forget to restore the test images from CDROM CM+9.5145.1055.0.


after the restore procedure.

4 Special Remarks to older Software Versions


Upgrade of Versions lower than SOLx1008 to SOL_1407
• The Image FIFO of VSCB (Vera Scan Ctrl Boards) is now checked
during initialization.
In case of a failure Error message 20334 is displayed. Remedy:
Exchange board.
• The FPGA EPROM is checked for Version 8. Some ADC Solo are
equipped with older development versions 9 or 10.
In this case, the error 2031F is generated. Remedy: Replace the FPGA
EPROM on SCB.
• The configuration procedure (CPF-Parser) is changed.
This requires that the CPF has to be parsed (Service-Menu: Configure,
Local Network ID) again after the SW-Update.
• Now the diode laser timing is calculated for the different formats instead
of fix settings.
This requires a new shading calibration of 35CMX43CM.SR

Chapter 7 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS274.02E Field Modifications

Upgrade of Versions SOLx1008/SOLx1108 to SOL_1407


• In order to configure the fast preview feature, the CPF file has to be
parsed again (“Install from floppy → CPF file” or “Configure local
network ID”).
• If you need another fast preview routing than the default, adapt the CPF
file accordingly, using the CCM version 1104ß1 or higher.

5 What is new in SOL_1407?

Direct ID Mode Now Can be Explicitly Switched Off


Direct ID configuration has been enhanced and offers an additional selection
<None> to switch off the Direct ID mode.

Support of Advanced Scanner Module


New scanner mechanics with increased scan rolls pressure require a stronger
stepper motor. The software is able to handle both motors. The default
configuration is ‘Old Small Motor’. The change to ‘New Big Motor’ is done in
production with SSCTEST -> Configurations.

New Service Menu Entry for Replacement of Complete Scanner


A new menu entry has been added to install all necessary parameters for a
complete scanner:
Service -> Install from Floppy -> 11 Complete Scanner.

Fast Unclamping of Cassettes


Small and medium sized cassettes are unclamped with higher speed to avoid
movement of cassettes and in consequence cassette jams.

Reopen of 15CMX30CM Format


If cassette detection switch on clamping becomes free while taking IP out of
cassette, cassette is closed, re-clamped and reopened before return of IP.

New Curves for Roll, Belt and Transport Motor


New run-up curves for some stepper motors:
• Cassette transport roll in cassette unit.
• Cassette unit belt.
• IP transport unit.
New Firmware for Stepper Motor Controllers
The new SINSTEP firmware SM5_1113.hex is now loaded to all stepper motor
nodes.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

Field Modifications DD+DIS274.02E

Modified Stand-By Behavior of the Galvanometer for a Longer Lifetime


• The galvanometer is now set to amplitude 0 immediately after scan to
prolong its lifetime.
• 40 cycles clearing sweep before scan, if amplitude was 0 for more than 45
seconds.
• The power for the galvanometer control unit is switched off after one hour
stand-by, as before.

Module Working Time in Info Counters


• The working time of the laser diode and the photomultiplier as well as the
working cycles of the galvanometer are stored in the info counters now.
The date of the first entry is stored as well.
• At replacement of one of these parts, the referring counter is reset and its
old value written to the hardware replacement history.
Now Checking Laser for “Always On”
• A few spare-part laser modules may have left the factory with a wrong
setting of the jumper J1 on the laser control board inside the laser module.
This jumper switches the laser to constant on, which is needed during
production, but which reduces the laser lifetime at the installed system.
• The old software could not detect this problem during self-test.
• The new software tests for that problem during its start-up self-test. It does
not display an error, but makes an entry to the warning table of the info
counters.

Improved Algorithm for Compensation of I/V Converter Signal


• The compensation of the I/V converter offset has been improved. Now
there is one additional iteration step and the previously calculated value is
taken into account (same as ADCC+).
The limit for generating the warning 20C46 was increased from ±10mV to
±20mV.

6 Known Bugs in SOL_1407

• In heavily loaded networking environments or due to performance


restrictions of the Preview-/ID-Station, it is possible that the message
“<workstation> not ready” appears more frequently, if both, fast preview
and direct identification are enabled. This will initiate a retransmission of
the image to the workstation, but there is no need for any user intervention
whatsoever.
• Images made with emergency keys 1 or 2 might have no date in DICOM
stream.
• The speed of the lift-off motor in the scan module is not optimized.

Chapter 7 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
HOME

DD+DIS274.02E Field Modifications

• The meaning of the error message 247B0 and the result of the diagnostic
software are not the same. The diagnostic SW indicates that the GS220
(current-sense board) is defective and the error meaning indicates that the
erasure control board is defective.
• Wrong stepper motor board (EPROM version) may lead to a wrong error
message.
• Image loss, when power-off immediately after scan (within a few seconds).
• Description for error 2247C missing (Timeout of stepper drive clamping
during home positioning).
• Wrong error message if no erasure lamps in erasure unit.
• Throughput for cassette 35CM X 43CM.SR marginally below spec.
• UI Spec. Service Level not updated with functions of SOL_140x.
• Error 2247C at cassette handling
• System hold during endurance run.
• Error 224BF when canceling test cycle.

7 Important Remarks
To avoid any formatting, the ‚format‘ program is delivered no more. 'format'
would cause a complete loss of the test images.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 7 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS349.03E Manufacturing Standard Modifications

Chapter 8:

List of Contents

1 List of main Manufacturing Standard


Modifications ............................................................. 1

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 8 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
DD+DIS349.03E Manufacturing Standard Modifications

1 List of main Manufacturing Standard Modifications


(State: December 2003)

Serial Numbers (SN) with > indicate, from which number on the modification is included by production as standard.

No. Modification Reason for Modification Type 100 Type 105 Type 200/201
as of SN as of SN as of SN
1 Stepper-motor boards equipped with 1068, 1088, >8001
jumpers from manufacturer AMP (olive- 1094,
colored) >1102
2 Software SOL_1108 1068, >1137 >8001
3 New front panel introduced, display cover is >1330 >8001
removed
4 Discharge brush at deflector introduced Reduces errors due to charged cassettes 1218, 1424, >8011
1450, 1461,
1463, 1465,
1466, 1469,
>1471
5 Modified guiding plate introduced, IP-jams with 18 x 24 cm formats due to 1592, 1594, >8036
F7.5155.1654.2 geometry of guiding plate >1713
6 Software SOL_1213 Support of Mammo and asymmetric cassettes; 1860, >1867 >8046
Pre-check-function and DirectID introduced
7 New material of scan rollers Reduction of dirt disposal on IPs >1851 >8046
8 Software SOL_1302 Errors 247a7, 247aa, 247a6; support of new >2040 >8068
light barrier flag at lift motor
9 New light barrier flag at lift motor introduced Second position needs also to be detected >2040 >8068
10 New language disk COPL1202 introduced 2070, >2102 >8087

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 8 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
Manufacturing Standard Modifications DD+DIS349.03E

No. Modification Reason for Modification Type 100 Type 105 Type 200/201
as of SN as of SN as of SN
11 Energy chain at cassette unit introduced Avoidance of cable break 2082, >2102 >8087

12 Software patch SOLB1302 Message “VIPS not ready appeared” 2170, >2247 >8124

13 New hard disk introduced , F7.0486.1262.0 Support of hard disks > 2,1 GB from Individually Individually
SOL_1302 on noted in noted in
enclosed enclosed
document document
14 New index for erasure control board Changed point of time when erasure lamps >2271 >8127
introduced , F8.5155.6420.4 are switched on
15 Light barrier flag at cassette opener Due to a broken light barrier flag the complete >2315 >8132
introduced as a separate spare part cassette opener had to be replaced before
16 New index for power integration board Sensitivity for vacuum detection reduced due 2450, >2466 >8132, >9020
introduced (F8.5155.6450.1) to error 243D9
17 Second filter at pump bracket (between To reduce hazard of dust deposit 2450, >2466 >8132, >9020
pump and solenoid valve) introduced
18 New index of 5fold stepper motor board Grounding problem at cassette lift >2525 9023, 9024,
introduced, F8.9499.8120.4 >8132, >9030
19 Advanced Scanner introduced Installation of advanced mechanics and c-clips 2527 to 2545, >9063
protection >2674
20 Software SOL_1407 Supports advanced scanner 2527 to 2545, >9063
>2674
21 New material for seal ring at micro insert of Old material became porous after some time >2714 >9076
pump bracket

Chapter 8 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 4


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
DD+DIS349.03E Manufacturing Standard Modifications

No. Modification Reason for Modification Type 100 Type 105 Type 200/201
as of SN as of SN as of SN
22 Software SOL_2003 Avoid Error 2247C: Timeout of stepper drive >2972 >5001 >9112
clamping
23 5fold stepper motor board New layout, improved reliability 3366-3371 >5079 >9163
F8.9499.8120.5 3380
>3384
24 Software SOL_2101 Error descriptions updated >3434 >5079 >9163
Several Bugfixes:
Avoid error 247B0 (COM010912005)
Avoid errors 2060B, 20604,20605
(COM0210040032)
25 5fold stepper motor board Mammo-capability 3559, 3560, >5079 >9163
F8.9499.8120.6 3562
>3770
26 Discharge brush between suction cups Sporadic cassette/IP jams due to Electrostatic >3710 >5097 >9188
Discharge problems

Edition 2, Revision 4 ADC Solo Chapter 8 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201)
HEALTHCARE Maintenance
Imaging >

Order-No.: DD+DIS250.02E

ADC Solo
*1VHC8U1*
1 Piece VHC8U MA1
Type 5155 / 100
Path Speed CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Internal Version 3

This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS250.02E

printed in Germany 11 / 2002


Agfa Company Confidential
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

Caution:

This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.

These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be performed by qualified
technical personnel.

Note:

Electrical repairs and connections mus t only be performed by a qualified electrician.


Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.

CE Declaration:

The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit
consent of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

We reserve the right to technical changes

Chapter 9 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

Chapter 9

List of Contents

1 General Safety Instructions .......................................1

2 General Information ....................................................2


2.1 Maintenance Frequency .................................................................2
2.2 Required Time ...................................................................................2
2.3 Required Tools..................................................................................3
2.4 Required Cleaning Material............................................................3
2.5 Required Spare Parts ......................................................................3

3 Maintenance Step by Step..........................................4


3.1 Diagnostics ........................................................................................4
3.1.1 Questioning of the customer.................................................................4
3.1.2 Infocounter Analysis ..............................................................................4
3.1.3 How to evaluate the Infocounter ...........................................................4
3.1.4 Clear Infocounter...................................................................................5
3.1.5 Visual Check..........................................................................................5
3.2 Safety Switches ................................................................................6
3.3 Inside ...................................................................................................6
3.4 Cassette Unit .....................................................................................6
3.5 VME Rack ...........................................................................................7
3.6 Scan Unit ............................................................................................8
3.7 Transport Unit ...................................................................................8
3.8 Erasure Unit .......................................................................................9
3.9 Cassettes......................................................................................... 11
3.10 Image Plates.................................................................................... 11

4 Checking the Image Quality.....................................12


4.1 Test Cycles...................................................................................... 12
4.2 Exposure of a Flatfield ................................................................. 12
4.3 Evaluation of a Flatfield ............................................................... 15

5 Completion of Maintenance .....................................16


Maintenance Checklist

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / I


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

1 General Safety Instructions

• The ADC Solo has been designed for scanning medical X-ray image
plates and should only be used for these purposes.
• The ADC Solo must only be operated by qualified staff trained on the
machine.
• Make sure that the ADC Solo is constantly monitored in order to avoid
inappropriate handling, especially by children.
• Only trained service personnel must make repairs. Only authorized
service personnel must make changes to the ADC Solo.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing, do not start nor use
the ADC Solo.
• If you want to connect the ADC Solo with other devices, components or
assemblies and if the technical data do not permit determining whether
the combination with these devices, components or assemblies involves
hazards, you must consult the respective manufacturers to avoid danger
for operating personnel or the environment.
• Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
• Switch off the ADC Solo before performing any maintenance work or
repairs. Disconnect the ADC Solo from the mains before making repairs
or performing any maintenance activities.
• As is the case for all technical devices, the ADC Solo must be operated,
cared for and serviced correctly.
• If you don't operate the ADC Solo correctly or if you don't have it serviced
correctly, Agfa-Gevaert is not liable for resulting disturbances, damages
or injuries.
• When installing the ADC Solo, care must be taken to ensure that there is
either a mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device in the internal
installation fitted near the ADC Solo and that it is easily accessible.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the ADC Solo
immediately.
• Check that the voltage setting of the machine matches the power supply
voltage before connecting the machine to the mains.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 1


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

2 General Information

These maintenance instructions must be considered confidential.

To ensure quality and functional reliability of the system all the points listed
below (minimum maintenance points) must be carried out.

• The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable


order to make the work routines as efficient as possible.
The sequence of the maintenance points in the checklist (see appendix) is
identical with these maintenance instructions.
• If there is a detailed description for a certain maintenance point in the
service documentation, this will be noted in the column "details".
• During the maintenance procedure always consider the safety instructions,
see service documentation chapter 1 / 1.
• Please check if it is necessary to include country specific regulations as
additional maintenance points!

Only for Systems with DRA Contract:


In systems with DRA Contract the infocounters are checked and evaluated in
regular intervals by the GSC. If there is an indication of an upcoming defect,
this is noted in the DRA Report and sent to the respective NSO with
instructions for measures possibly required on the machine.
Therefore we recommend to contact your NSO about this subject before
maintenance, in order to perform these recommended measures in addition
to the "must" maintenance points.

2.1 Maintenance Frequency

The maintenance has to be carried out:


• every 15.000 cycles or
• every 6 months

2.2 Required Time

approximately 3 h

Chapter 9 / 2 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

2.3 Required Tools

Order number Description


CM+9.5155.1015.2 Cu Filter (for exposure of test images)
Commercially available Service-PC
Commercially available Flashlight

2.4 Required Cleaning Material


In addition to the standard equipment the following cleaning substances are
required:
Order number Description
CM+9.9999.0895.0 Vacuum cleaner
CM+9.9999.0896.0 Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x)
ABC-Code: EFOJH ADC Cleaner
Commercially available Dust brush
Commercially available Lint-free cloth
Commercially available Soft dust brush

2.5 Required Spare Parts


The following assortment represents a complete copy of the
Maintenance-assortment (CM+051550100733)
according to the R I M L-assortment categorization in the spare parts list:
Order number Description

CM+9.0362.6031.0 1x Filter with micro insert


CM+9.0450.6553.0 10 x Erasure lamp, 100 W
CM+9.5145.6550.0 2 x Suction cups
CM+9.5145.9100.0 2 x Roller (for cassette unit)

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

3 Maintenance Step by Step


3.1 Diagnostics

3.1.1 Questioning of the customer


• Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last
maintenance.

3.1.2 Infocounter Analysis

• Service PC, required to analyze the infocounter

(1) Insert an empty floppy in the floppy


drive of the VME-Rack.
MG3000
See Figure 1. Infocounter

(2) In the service menu select


< 3 Save on floppy>
< 1 Infocounter>
(3) When copying is finished remove 00 2
.c d
r
9_
the floppy from the floppy drive 515
5_
re g
0

and insert it in the Service PC

Figure 1
(4) Unzip the file "5155_xxxx_icn.zip"
(xxxx stands for the serial number)
(5) Start an editor (e.g. notepad or
wordpad).
(6) Open the file
"\D_\infocounter\0\infocounter.txt"
(7) Evaluate the infocounter file.

3.1.3 How to evaluate the Infocounter


Evaluation of infocounters.txt
What to check in the Comment
infocounter
1.1 Device Info: Serial Compare device serial number to chapter 8
number and “Manufacturing Standard Modifications” and
Installation date chapter 10 “Field Service Bulletins” to determine
whether the device is modified or requires a
modification.
1.4 Software Info It is recommended to have the latest software
installed. Before you upgrade to a new software,
make sure that your hardware is up to date.

Chapter 9 / 4 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

What to check in the Comment


infocounter
2.2 Throughput For throughput most important are the cycles per
day. They usually count between 50 and 200.
3.3 Hardware By comparing the status of the device with the
Modification History available “Field Modifications”, chapter 7, the
exact hardware status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification By checking the software modification history it
history can be determined, whether a recent software
upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite
often in the error list.
4.6 Laser power Check that laser power is constant: no more than
1 mW difference in between two entries. If the
value is higher, run diagnostic software and
scan&signals and check laser diode module.
4.7 Galvanometer Check the entries. If the limits of offset (30) or
Monitoring amplitude (60) are exceeded, check the last
images on the workstation thoroughly for jitter.
Change galvo only if necessary.
5.3 Retries Many retries (> 1%) have to be investigated:
They usually lead to less throughput of the
device. Compare it with frequent error codes.
5.7 Error History Check the last occurred errors (in between two
maintenance), how often they appeared as well
as the CBF (cycles between failures) of these
errors. This gives an overview of the current
status of the machine.
Compare frequently occurring errors to the error
hit list, chapter 3.3, and take actions.
5.8 Error List Relatives Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the
and technical documentation, chapter 3.3,
5.9 Error List Total “Troubleshooting”.

3.1.4 Clear Infocounter


(1) Clear the infocounter to refresh relative counters.

3.1.5 Visual Check

• Flashlight

(1) Check overall condition of the machine – outside and inside – for obvious
changes or damage.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 5


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

3.2 Safety Switches

(1) Check both interlock switches


A and B, Figure 2.

A
The machine starts up only,
if both interlocks are pressed.

B
The power supply is only
interrupted, if the front door
(interlock A) is opened.

Figure 2

3.3 Inside

• Vacuum cleaner
• Lint free cloth

(1) Vacuum the inside of the digitizer and wipe it.

3.4 Cassette Unit

• Screw driver
• Dust brush
• Roller
(CM+9.5145.9100.0)
• Toothed belt
(CM+9.5145.5195.0)

Chapter 9 / 6 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

Opener (1) Remove panel on right hand


mechanism side of the digitizer.
(2) Clean the opener mechanism
with a soft dust brush.

dr
4.c
_ 00
g 09
_r e
55
51

Figure 3

(3) Check roller A for visible wear


and replace if necessary.
(4) To replace the roller, remove
the retaining ring B and pull
the roller off its shaft.

In case of recorded cassette


feeding problems replace the
roller anyway and in any case
replace it once a year.

B
A

Figure 4
Belt (5) Exchange the transport belt
once a year.

3.5 VME Rack

• Vacuum cleaner

VME fan (1) Check the fan function of the


VME rack fan by hand.
There is no air filter to be
replaced.
General (2) Remove visible dust and dirt
deposits by means of a
vacuum cleaner.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 7


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

3.6 Scan Unit


• Soft cloth
• ADC Cleaner
(if not available, use water)
• Allen key 3 mm
Scan rollers (1) Remove the transport unit.
(see chapter 3.5) B
(2) Clean all scan rollers (only with
a soft cloth and ADC Cleaner). A
A

The scan rollers have to be


cleaned in place and must not be
removed. To move the scan rollers
just turn the drive of the slow scan
motor manually C. C

(3) Check the discharge brush A


Discharge
brush for visible wear and heavy dirt
– clean by hand or replace B, if
necessary.
Figure 5

3.7 Transport Unit


• Soft cloth
• ADC Cleaner
(if not available, use water)
• Suction cups
(CM+9.5145.6550.0)
Filter (1) Pull the hoses off the filter
(2) Unscrew the filter spot A
(3) Shake the micro-filter B and
blow it clean.
(4) Check the O-ring for cracks
and, if necessary, remove the B
complete filter with its housing
A
(CM+9.0362.6094.0)

Figure 6

Chapter 9 / 8 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

Suction (5) Check the suction cups position


cups (6) Clean the suction cups spot C
with ADC Cleaner
(7) Exchange suction cups once a
year. A

(8) In case of vacuum problems,


check the suction cups by
bending up the edges (check
for tears) and replace if
necessary.

Figure 7

3.8 Erasure Unit


• Soft cloth
• ADC Cleaner
(if not available, use water)
• 10 x 100 W lamps
(CM+9.0450.6553.0)
(1) Open the front door
(2) Pull the erasure unit out and
remove it
Lamps (3) Remove pane A B
(4) Pull all lamps carefully out of their
sockets B
(5) Check all parts of the erasure unit
for damage

5155_reg09_008.cdr

Figure 8

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 9


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

(6) Dust the following parts of the


erasure unit
• Reflector In case of persistent dirt, you
• Input and output opening of may also use ADC Cleaner for cleaning
the air stream (protection all the surfaces with the exception of the
grid) inner side of the large glass plate. This
• KG2 filter A side must not be cleaned with anything
wet since a gelatin layer is attached to it.
• Front pane B
(7) Check the KG2 filter A for
damage and replace if
necessary. A

51
55
_r e
g0
9 _0
09
.c d
r

Figure 9
(8) Insert the new lamps carefully

Do not touch the glass


bulbs with your bare fingers. Use a
soft cloth to insert the lamps.

Fan (9) Check fan of erasure unit for


dust and clean if necessary.
(10) Re-insert Erasure Unit

Chapter 9 / 10 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

3.9 Cassettes

• Aluminum label
(CM+9.8300.1131.0)
Visual Check (1) Check the most frequently
used cassettes and image
plates for damage. If
damage is noticed, check
further cassettes.
(2) Check the following items of ALU LABEL
the cassette:
- Outside condition r
cd
0.
- Hinges reg
09
_0
1

5_
- Locking 51
5

- Opening leaf springs


- Aluminum label Figure 10
(3) Attach missing aluminum
label.
The digitizer needs the aluminum
label to recognize ADC cassettes.

3.10 Image Plates

Visual Check (1) Check if there are scratches


on the surface
(2) Check if edges are loose as
an indication for mechanical
problems at IP transport

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 11


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

4 Checking the Image Quality

Check the last 20 to 40 images on the VIPS Processing Station / ADC


QS Server Station, to see if artifacts or other image quality problems
occur.

4.1 Test Cycles


(1) Carry out four test cycles with each format of the cassettes.

4.2 Exposure of a Flatfield


Expose an image plate of every format and evaluate all the images on the
Processing Station and a printer. Following, check the flat field for
homogenous field or stripes criteria. The hard disk of the digitizer provides two
flat field samples for quality comparison.

Repeat this procedure for all formats on site!

• Flatfield

(1) Print the flat field sample provided by the digitizer:


• Start the service program.
• Select from the service menu
<Checks>
<Send flatfield>
<Calibration pattern>
<Banding pattern>
Print the flat fields "Calibration" and "Banding" via the Processing Station
(window setting of 0.6, without changing the level setting).

(2) Expose a new image plate:


• Place the cassette in length
direction to the X-ray tube, Rotating
Anode X-ray tube
see figure below.
• Set the following exposure
parameters:
− Dose 10 µGy (result of
setting: 7.5 mAs, 77 kVp, 1.3
m distance)
− 1.5 mm Cu-filter with small
focus
Figure 11

Chapter 9 / 12 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

• Turn cassette by 180°.


• Expose plate a second time
by using the same
parameters.

Use a dosimeter to
measure the dose!
Notice, that all exposure
parameters are approximate
values.

(3) Identify the cassette on the ID Station:


• In the <Patient name> field, type a name and a cassette format,
e.g. Flatfield 18 x 24.
• In the <First name> field, type the serial number of the digitizer,
e.g. SN1356.
• In the <Birth date> field, type the current date,
e.g. 20012001 (use date format xxyyzzzz for day/month/year).
• In the <Radiologist> list, click <SERVICE>.
• In the <Examination> list, click <system diagnosis>.
• In the <Sub-examination> list, click <Flat field>.
• Confirm the Exposure class <200>.

Make sure that the outlined areas are filled in as shown in the
example.

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 13


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

(4) Insert the cassette into the digitizer and print the image on a printer with a
window setting of 0.6 without changing the level setting.

5155_reg09_012.jpg

Figure 12

Chapter 9 / 14 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance

4.3 Evaluation of a Flatfield

(1) Inspect the developed image for homogeneity:


Compare the prints of the flat field sample with your exposed flat field at a
light box.
• If there are no lines visible or the effects are less than on the example,
the image quality is all right.
• If there are unacceptable effects, compare with the following sketches.

Calibration lines
Blurred dark lines in slow scan
direction on the flat field (see
beside).
• Expose another flat field and
compare it again with the
sample.
If there are still unacceptable
effects, you have to redo shading
calibration as described in chapter
3.6. Figure 13
Expose another flat field and
compare it again with the sample.

If there are still unacceptable


effects, please contact the Support
Center.

Banding
Fine sharp white or gray lines in fast
scan direction on the flat field (see
beside).
• Check diagnostic images.
If there are still unacceptable
effects please contact the Support
Center.

Figure 14

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Chapter 9 / 15


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
Maintenance DD+DIS250.02E

Dust
Fine sharp lines in slow scan
direction on the flat field (see
beside).
• Check if scanner is dusty. In
case of, use the scan-brush to
remove it. Expose another flat
field and compare it again with
the sample.

If there are still unacceptable


effects please contact the Support Figure 15
Center.

5 Completion of Maintenance
(1) Confirm the maintenance by signing the checklist
(2) Make a backup of the system on floppy.
(3) Inform the customer about what was done during the maintenance and
which repairs need to be done in next future.

Chapter 9 / 16 ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany

Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edité par / Pubblicato da / ..... / Editado por

Agfa-Gevaert AG
Fototechnik
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München

Printed in Germany / Imprimé en Allemagne /


stampato in Germania / .. / Editado por
HEALTHCARE Maintenance
Imaging > Checklist

Order-No.: DD+DIS250.02E
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100
Path Speed CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Work Instructions for order no. SN Cycles

The maintenance has to be carried out:

• Every 6 months or every 15 000 cycles

Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions,


see chapter 9 of your Service Documentation.

Maintenance Step by Step Done


Diagnostics • Ask customer about problems o
• Read out the info counters, analyse them and clear o
them afterwards
• Check visually the overall condition o

Safety Switches • Check function of both safety switches o


Inside • Vacuum the inside and wipe it o
Cassette Unit • Clean opener mechanism o
• Check roller for visible wear and exchange if necessary o
• Exchange belt once a year o

VME-Rack • Check function of the VME-Rack fan manually o


• Remove dust and dirt o

Scan Unit • Clean scan-rollers with ADC Cleaner o


(do not remove!)
• Check discharge brush and clean or replace it if o
necessary

printed in Germany 11 / 2002


Maintenance Checklist DD+DIS250.02E

Maintenance Step by Step Done


Transport Units • Clean micro filter o
• Check suction cups position, clean them with ADC o
Cleaner and exchange suction cups once a year
Erasure Unit • Remove dust from reflector, input and output opening of o
air stream, KG2 filter, outer front panel
• Check the KG2 filter o
• Exchange lamps every maintenance o
• Clean fan, if necessary o

Cassettes • Check the following items of the cassette: o


outside condition, hinges, locking, opening leaf springs,
aluminum label
• Attach missing aluminum labels o

Image Plates • Check if there are scratches on the surface o


• Check if edges are loose o

Checking the Image Quality Done


General • Check the last 20 to 40 images on the VIPS o
• Carry out test cycles, four with each format o
• Print flat field sample provided by the digitizer o
• Expose a flat field o
• Evaluate the flat field and carry out respective actions o

Completion of the maintenance Done


General • Confirm the maintenance o
• Make a backup of the system on floppy o
• Inform the customer about maintenance and which o
repairs are necessary

Maintenance Checklist ADC Solo Edition 2, Revision 0


Page 2 (Type 5155 / 100/200/201)
DD+DIS250.02E Maintenance Checklist

Remarks:

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................... ...........................................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician Customer

Edition 2, Revision 0 ADC Solo Maintenance Checklist


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Page 3
HEALTHCARE Mandatory Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 54
Document No.: DD+DIS109.06E
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Initia CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155/200

Centricity CR SP1001 and CR SP100


Type 5155 / 201 and 205

Corrupted Images require an Update of Digitizer Software


to Version SOL_2205

Task
Urgency Classification Subject
Immediately Mandatory for all Cure for PowerHelp complaint:
completion required affected sites HQ_0412090001
by date 2006-05-31
Problem affects serial number(s) /
batch(es) listed below

Risk
Operating the digitizer with a software version lower than SOL_2205 could lead to repeating patient examinations (retake).

Reporting
After completion of your task the following entry in your service report is required: DD+DIS109.06E *
* Insert the document number into the field "Comment" (SMS form) and into field "CMS reference No." (SAP form) respectively.

Purpose of this Document


It describes a defect which can result in corrupted images and instructs the Field Service
Engineer to install software version SOL_2205.

Affected Digitizer Types and Serial Numbers


For ADC Solo (Type 5155 / 100): < SN 4748
For the types 5155 / 105, 200, 201, 205 (see above) all devices

• This document makes the following service bulletins obsolete:


No. 42, DD+DIS078.04E, "Corrupted images in combination with errors 20604, 20605, …"
No. 44, DD+DIS203.04E, "Workaround to avoid corrupted images caused by errors …"
No. 45, DD+DIS318.04E, "New Software Version SOL_2203 solving problem of corrupted.."
No. 46, DD+DIS456.04E, "Corrupted Images together with Software Version SOL_2203"
No. 48, DD+DIS005.05E, " New Software Version SOL_2205 available"
• For an overview of all Service Bulletins refer to the Order List in MedNet.
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this bulletin by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

2006-03-22
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2006 Agfa-Gevaert Healthcare
MSB
Mandatory Service Bulletin DD+DIS109.06E

NOTE:
This Mandatory Service Bulletin has been issued as part of the Global Corrections and
Removals Procedure. It is connected to a Product Recall. Check with your local Quality
Assurance / Regulatory Assurance and HE Sales / Marketing teams to make sure that
your service activities are coordinated with their associated responsibilities.

1 Introduction
Symptoms Error codes 20604, 20605 or 2060B are displayed on the digitizer. It must be restarted.
The last scanned image is corrupted (figure 1). As the image plate is erased,
a repeated patient examination is necessary.

figure 1: Example of an artifact caused by the errors 20604, 20605, 2060B

Page 2 ADC Solo, CR 1000, CR SP1001, CR SP100 No. 54


Agfa Company Confidential Types 5155 / 100, 105, 200, 201, 205 2006-03-22
MSB
DD+DIS109.06E Mandatory Service Bulletin

Defect The errors 20604, 20605 or 2060B occur under the following conditions:
• A software version SOL_2203 or lower is installed.
• The digitizer was not shut down for approximately 25 days
with software versions < SOL_2203, or 50 days with version SOL_2203.
Then a counter variable in the digitizer software exceeds the maximal possible value.
The resulting buffer overflow causes a loss of image data during the scanning process.

2 Prerequisites

SPARE PART:
Get the digitizer software SOL_2205

• by download from MedNet:


GSO Library / Computed Radiography / CR Digitizers / ADC Solo / Freeware /
ADC Solo - Software - SOL_2205

• or via spare parts supply.


Order Number: CM+9 5155 1090 4

In both cases the installation instruction, DD+DIS443.04E, is included.

REQUIRED TOOLS:
• One floppy disk for the backup, if you received the software by order.
• Five floppy disks, if you downloaded the software from MedNet:
- one for the backup,
- four for creation of the installation set.

INSTRUCTION:
If you obtained the digitizer software from MedNet, prepare an installation set of
floppy disks as follows:

(1) Unpack the downloaded zip file.


You obtain the files SOL_2205.zip,
Software installation SOL2205.txt, and DD+DIS443.04E.pdf.

(2) Make an installation set of floppy disks according to the instruction in file
Software installation SOL2205.txt.

No. 54 ADC Solo, CR 1000, CR SP1001, CR SP100 Page 3


2006-03-22 Types 5155 / 100, 105, 200, 201, 205 Agfa Company Confidential
MSB
Mandatory Service Bulletin DD+DIS109.06E

REQUIRED TIME:
approximately 25 minutes.

3 Solution
Update the digitizer software to version SOL_2205.

(1) Install the digitizer software according to the installation instructions,


DD+DIS443.04E.
Proceed according to section 2, "Upgrade Procedure to SOL_2205".

(2) For verification of the successful installation, open the Service menu
INFO / Device info.

(3) Check if the entry Software is equal to SOL_2205.

Result If the entry Software is equal to SOL_2205, the software installation was successful.
Otherwise, repeat steps (1) – (3).

Page 4 ADC Solo, CR 1000, CR SP1001, CR SP100 No. 54


Agfa Company Confidential Types 5155 / 100, 105, 200, 201, 205 2006-03-22
HEALTHCARE Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 53
Document No.: DD+DIS106.06E
ADC Solo
Type 5155/100

New edition due to formal changes.


For details refer to "Revision History".

Digitizer stops and reports error 20506: “no laser power”


after replacement of power supply

Task
Urgency Classification Subject
Cure for PowerHelp Complaint:
Next Service Required*
HQ_0602220002
Problem affects serial number(s) / batch(es)
As Required Recommended
listed below
Information Only
* Commercial related activities e.g. preventive corrective action or commercial goodwill reason

Reporting
After completion of your task the following entry in your Service Report is required: DD+DIS106.06E *
* Insert the document number into the field "Comment" (SMS form) and into the field "CMS reference No." (SAP form) respectively.

Revision History
Revision Change Date Author Approver
0 initial release 2006-03-21 Mas y Parareda Kulik
1 "Reporting" field added including 2006-06-21 Bernstein Kulik
DD+DIS106.06E.
No changes concerning content.
In MEDNET revision 0 has been replaced by
revision 1.

Purpose of this document


• This Service Bulletin informs about the problem of interchanged cables
at the power supply which is the reason of the above stated symptom.
The bulletin also provides the instruction how to solve it.
• The problem can occur only in digitizers where the
spare part “power supply” (CM+9 5155 9100 X) has been installed.

• For an overview of all Service Bulletins refer to the Order List in MedNet.

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this bulletin by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

2006-06-21
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2006 Agfa Geveart Healthcare
Service Bulletin DD+DIS106.06E

1 Introduction
Symptom After replacement of the power supply, the digitizer stops and reports error 20506:

Error Code --> 20506


E_SCN_LASER_SHUTDOWN,
Meaning: Laser power after the warming-up phase is still below or equal
las_pow_shtdn. No operation possible.
Reason: - Old laser with too low power.
- Laser beam not visible by PIN diodes.
- Cable to PIN diode board disconnected or defective.
- Galvanometer gets no power or sweep signal.
- PIN diode board defective.
- pd_factor not correct.
- Bad (dusty) optics.
Cure: - Check cable and connectors to PIN diode board.
- Check if nothing hides the laser beam.
- Check the galvanometer power.
- If laser is bad, replace laser.

Defect The cables of the power supply are interchanged.

figure 1: power supply in mounting orientation, with wrong cabling.

NOTE:
This problem is only linked to the spare part “power supply” (CM+9 5155 9100 0).
Because of this, it is only relevant for digitizers with exchanged power supply.

Page 2 of 4 ADC Solo No. 53


Agfa Company Confidential Type 5155/100 2006-06-21
DD+DIS106.06E Service Bulletin

2 Prerequisites

REQUIRED TOOLS:
Have the following tools at hand:
• socket wrench 5.5 mm
• socket wrench 7 mm
• Philips screw driver 2 mm
• screwdriver, small

Documents Refer to the ADC Solo service manual (DD+DIS249.02E), chapter 3.5, for the
instructions on how to access the power supply.

3 Solution
To solve the problem stated above, proceed as follows:

(1) Switch off the digitizer and disconnect it from the mains.

(2) Remove the power unit from the digitizer.

(3) Visually check if the three cables at the power supply are connected as follows:
• red cable: +15 V
• black cable: Gnd
• blue cable: -15 V

figure 2: correct cabling at the power supply.

(4) If the cabling is correct, contact your regional support network.


If it is wrong, correct the cabling.

No. 53 ADC Solo Page 3 of 4


2006-06-21 Type 5155/100 Agfa Company Confidential
Service Bulletin DD+DIS106.06E

(5) Re-install the power unit.

(6) Connect the digitizer to the mains.

4 Solution Verification
Switch on the digitizer and wait until it is ready.

The digitizer should now operate without any problems.

Page 4 of 4 ADC Solo No. 53


Agfa Company Confidential Type 5155/100 2006-06-21
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 52

Order No.: DD+DIS123.05E

*1YRNUW1*
1 piece YRNUW MA 1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Bulletin Information

Urgency Classification Subject


Mandatory – safety
Immediately Cure for complaint (Powerhelp)
related
Mandatory – for affected
Next service Problem may concern all devices
systems
Recommended –
In case of failure Problem depending on serial number / batch
improvements

As required Information only Spare part modified

Incompatibility

Changes in Maintenance Kit


and Maintenance Frequency

This document describes the current changes


• in the content of the maintenance kit
• and in maintenance frequency.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 05 / 2005


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS123.05E

Subject 1. The content of the maintenance kit is updated.


Some items in the former maintenance kit are not necessary for future
maintenance. They are already mounted ex factory or have been introduced
at earlier maintenance measures. These items are omitted now:
• 1 filter with micro insert (CM+9 0362 6094 0),
• 1 suction cup, complete (CM+9 5155 9240 2), and
• 2 adapters (CM+9 8350 7464 1).

2. The maintenance frequency is reduced from 2 to 1 per year.

Order Number 10+5155 1027 33

Scope of delivery:

Amount Description Order No.


10 Erasure lamp, 12 V, 100 W CM+9 0450 6553 0
1 Roller (for cassette unit) CM+9 5145 9100 0

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document
Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 52
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155 / 100/200/201) 2005-05-17
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 51

Order No.: DD+DIS134.05E

*1YR4171*
1 piece YR417 MA 1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Bulletin Information

Urgency Classification Subject


Mandatory – safety
Immediately Cure for complaint (Powerhelp)
related
Mandatory – for affected
Next service Problem may concern all devices
systems
Recommended –
In case of failure Problem depending on serial number / batch
improvements

As required Information only Return Procedure

Incompatibility

Galvanometer (CM+9 5145 2040 X)


defined as Inspection Part

This document describes the return procedure for defective Galvos. The Galvo
has been defined as an inspection part. The reason for its failure will be
investigated in R&D

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 04 / 2005


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS134.05E

Subject The Galvanometer in ADC Solo, ADC Compact (CM+9 5145 2040 X) has
been defined as an inspection part.

Inspection parts are spare parts which undergo an investigation by R&D after
they have been returned.
Please send defective galvos back to the return address listed below.

Start of the return campaign: 1st May 2005


End of the return campaign: end of July 2005

Return Address Return the defective Galvo to:

LOG-T Retourenstelle
Tegernseer Landstr. 161
D-81539 Munich
attention of: Johann Geiger, Peissenberg

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 51


(Type 5155 / 100/200/201) Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 50

Order No.: DD+DIS070.05E

*1YO78A1*
1 piece YO78A MA 1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Bulletin Information

Urgency Classification Subject


Mandatory – safety
Immediately Cure for complaint (Powerhelp)
related
Mandatory – for affected
Next service Problem may concern all devices
systems
Recommended –
In case of failure Problem depending on serial number / batch
improvements

As required Information only New Spare Part

Incompatibility

Different Spare Part number for Galvo


Replacement Assembly for ADC Solo
compared to ADC Compact

This document describes the newly introduced spare part Galvo Replacement
Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 0) for ADC Solo, which is different to ADC
Compact now.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 03 / 2005


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS070.05E

Subject For ADC Solo a new Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5155 2040 0) is
introduced as a unique spare part. This is the only Galvo Replacement
Assembly spare part which should be used from March 2005 on for
ADC Solo.
The former Galvo Replacement Assembly (CM+9 5145 2040 X) is now only
to be used for ADC Compact.

The new and old Galvo Replacement Assembly can be differentiated by the
following characteristics:
new Galvanometer old Galvanometer

Figure 1 5155_dis04905_008.jpg

Cable connection on Galvanometer has changed to two sockets (eight- and


seven-pole) and the surface is black and silver on the new Galvanometer.
The new Galvanometer is labeled with “GSI” (producer name).

New Galvobox

Figure 2 5155_dis04905_006.jpg

The ferrite core with the winded cable around is now directly mounted to the
Galvobox. The cable is no longer a separate part.

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 50


(Type 5155) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS070.05E Field Service Bulletin

Order number Galvo Replacement Assembly for ADC Solo:


CM+9 5155 2040 0

Scope of delivery:
• Galvanometer GSI
• Galvobox GSI (including Galvo motor / driver board and Galvo adapter
board in metal housing and mounted ferrite core with winded cable)
• Galvo specific data floppy

Required tools:
• 7 mm, 5.5 mm socket wrench
• 3 mm, 2 mm Allen key
• small screw driver

Required time:
approx. 30 minutes

No. 50 ADC Solo Chapter 10 / 3


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5155)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 49

Order No.: DD+DIS031.05E

*1YNDCT1*
1 piece YNDCT MA 1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Bulletin Information

Urgency Classification Subject


Mandatory – safety
Immediately Cure for complaint (Powerhelp)
related
Mandatory – for
Next service Problem may concern all devices
affected systems
Recommended –
In case of failure Problem depending on device software version
improvements

As required Information only

Incompatibility

Error 20E12 appears during Installation


of Photomultiplier (PMT) with a
mfb-value > 0.35

This document describes symptom, defect and solution for appearing


error message 20E12 during installation of a Photomultiplier (PMT) with an
mfb-value > 0.35.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 02 / 2005


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS031.05E

Symptom Error 20E12 appears during installation of a Photomultiplier (PMT)


(order number: CM+9 5155 2250 0) with a mfb-value > 0.35 in the field.

Error 20E12
Meaning: MFB missing or out of range.
Reason: Wrong photomultiplier parameter file or wrong
parameter value.
Cure: Insert correct diskette. Check if MFB on floppy is in
correct range. Normally, it should be around 0.3.

Defect Device software versions < SOL_2101 have an upper limit for mfb-value of
0.35 integrated.

Note:
During serial production Photomultiplier (PMT) tubes with > 0.35 were
installed in serial devices with a certain procedure. Tubes delivered as spare
parts were selected to mfb-values lower than 0.35.
As ADC Solo digitizer is out of production now, there is no longer a selection
possible. That is in the regular spare part channel also Photomultiplier (PMT)
tubes with an mfb-value of > 0.35 can appear.

Solution Install latest device software version (at least version > SOL_2101) which
sets the maximum mfb-value to 0.4.

Find latest device software version on MedNet:


Computed Radiology / CR Digitizers / ADC Solo / Freeware

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 49


(Type 5155 / 100) Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 47

Order No.: DD+DIS457.04E

*1YLYUS1*
1 piece YLYUS MA1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Urgency Reason Subject


Immediately Safety Cure for Complaint GSC041029057 (Powerhelp)
Next service Reliability Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure Quality improvement Problem depending on serial number / batch
As required Functional change
Compatibility

“Hold” Flag always set with Software


Version SOL_2203

This document describes symptom of always set “hold” flag with Software
Version SOL_2203, its defect and announced solution.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 12 / 2004


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS457.04E

Symptoms Device Software version SOL_2203 is installed and the “hold” flag is always
set at the VIPS / QS. “Hold” flag is activated although it is not set in the cpf-
file.
With former device Software versions the “hold” flag had never been set.

Defect Wrong setting of the “hold” flag and the “break condition” in the DICOM
stream.

Workaround Images can be released manually one by one.


For further instructions refer to Service Documentation of CR QS 3.0 resp.
ADC System Components for VIPS.

Solution The problem is under investigation in R&D department. A Software Version


solving this problem will be available within January 2005.

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 47


(Type 5155 / 100) Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Global Services Organisation No. 43

Order No.: DD+DIS169.04E

*1WWBLA1*
1 piece WWBLA MA1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Urgency Reason Subject


Immediately Safety Cure for Complaint (Powerhelp)
Next service Reliability Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure Quality improvement Software Patch
As required Functional change
Compatibility

Reviewed Solution for Error 22246 displayed


after Upgrade to SOL_2003

This document describes symptom, defect and reviewed solution for


appearing error code 22246 after upgrade to SOL_2003. The only change in
the reviewed procedure is, that the file name changed from COCXXX00.C00
to COCXXX00.A00.

• The following FSB on this subject is no longer valid:


FSB No. 35 (DD+DIS131.03E), Error 22246 displayed after upgrade to
SOL_2003
• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.
See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 05 / 2004


Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS169.04E

Symptom After an upgrade to Software version SOL_2003 or higher error 22246


appears.

Defect Sub_type parameter is not set correctly.

Solution Edit parameter value, if it is wrong, and restore the COCXXX00.A00-file


at C: partition.

Edit sub_type as follows:


(1) Insert a floppy disk in floppy disk drive a:\
(2) Copy COCXXX00.A00-file to a:\
(3) Edit and modify the parameter value of sub_type to 100. Only with
this value the System is configured as ADC Solo, any other value
generates error 22246 during start-up.
(4) Connect ADC Solo via telnet and enter command unprot c:\
(5) Copy COCXXX00.A00-file from a:\ to c:\
(6) Enter command prot c:\
(7) Reset digitizer

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 43


(Type 5155 / 100) Agfa Company Confidential
Field Service Bulletin
No. 41

Order No.: DD+DIS015.04E

*1WM8QW1*
1 piece WM8QW MA1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Urgency Reason Subject

Immediately Safety Cure for Complaint


Next service Reliability Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure Quality improvement Problem depending on serial number / batch
As required Functional change INITIA Phase out
Compatibility

Conversion from INITIA CR 1000 to


ADC Solo

This document gives general information on the conversion of an INITIA


System to a regular ADC System.
It especially describes the upgrade of a CR 1000 digitizer to an ADC Solo
digitizer.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 01 / 2004


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS015.04E

1 General Information
Due to Marketing considerations the INITIA package will no longer be part of
the AGFA offering as of January 2004.
To simplify the configuration variety of CR products in the field it was decided
to revert the INITIA units to regular ADC units.

The service effort is restricted to the reconfiguration of the digitizer. No


additional parts are needed for the conversion. The labeling of the INITIA
digitizer and cassettes will not be changed.
The conversion should be done within an estimated time of two hours.

2 Upgrade of INITIA CR 1000 to ADC Solo


2.1 General:
The procedure below describes how to upgrade an ADC INITIA CR
1000 (type 105) to an ADC Solo (type 100).
After the upgrade ADC INITIA owns the complete functionality of ADC
Solo.

Urgent:
It is strictly forbidden to change the serial number of the device.
You have to use the one on the type label of the digitizer.

2.2 Procedure:
(1) Download the file 5145s100.prg from MedNet:
Computed Radiography / CR Digitizers / ADC Solo / Freeware /
Conversion from INITIA_5145s100
(2) Copy the file to a floppy.
(3) Insert the floppy into drive a: of ADC INITIA
(4) Connect via serial port and enter the ADC INITIA (e.g. via
Hyperterminal).
(5) Perform the steps given below (you see an example of a respective
log where the upgrade was performed).

READER_C:\> a:
READER_A:\> dir

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 41


(Type 5155 / 100)
DD+DIS015.04E Field Service Bulletin

Directory=A:\ files=* label=


Filename size date time attributes
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
5145S100.PRG 116596 26-MAY-2003 13:01:48 rwx

Total of 1 files, 116596 bytes

READER_A:\> unprotect c:
READER_A:\> copy *.* c:
Copy A:\5145S100.PRG to C:\5145S100.PRG
READER_A:\> c:
READER_C:\> 5145s100
This is PMU : Version 1.0.96 - 1030526130145

5145S100 - Version 1.0.96


Copra Control Menu
0 : Exit
1:
2:
3:
4 : Set serial number
5 : Set subtype number
6 : Write ident code
Your Choice : 5

Enter subtype number (Default = 100):


> 100
COPRA sub type is now 100

5145S100 - Version 1.0.96


Copra Control Menu
0 : Exit
1:
2:
3:
4 : Set serial number
5 : Set subtype number
6 : Write ident code
Your Choice : 6

No. 41 ADC Solo Chapter 10 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100)
Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS015.04E

type : 5155
subtype : 100
serial : xxxx (actual serial number of the digitizer according to type label)
creating identity code

5145S100 - Version 1.0.96


Copra Control Menu
0 : Exit
1:
2:
3:
4 : Set serial number
5 : Set subtype number
6 : Write ident code
Your Choice : 0
received answer: 0: Exit Answer

READER_C:\> mon res

3 INITIA ADC QS
For the INITIA packages a special PC hardware was used for the ADC QS
Server (DELL Optiplex 260). This hardware does not have to be exchanged.
Testing and releasing of all future ADC QS 2.1.xx versions will support this
hardware.

4 INITIA Cassettes and Plates


All INITIA cassettes and Image Plates can be used in the reconverted ADC
Solo as well. So, no exchanges are necessary.
However, if either the cassette or the IP breaks, both, cassette and IP should
be exchanged.

Chapter 10 / 4 ADC Solo No. 41


(Type 5155 / 100)
Field Service Bulletin
No. 40

Order No.: DD+DIS001.04E

*1WMDM51*
1 piece WMDM5 MA1
ADC Solo
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Urgency Reason Subject

Immediately Safety Cure for Complaint


Next service Reliability Problem may concern all devices
In case of failure Quality improvement Problem depending on serial number / batch
As required Functional change Modified pump bracket CM+9515561304
Compatibility

Modified Pump Bracket in IP-Transport Unit


improves Electrostatic Behavior

This document describes the introduction of a modified pump bracket in the IP-
transport unit, which improves the electrostatic behavior and reduces sporadic
resets of the digitizer.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List.


See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 01 / 2004


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS001.04E

Symptoms • Sporadic resets of the digitizer

or
• A blinking cursor is visible on the display, the digitizer is locked.
Switching off and on brings the digitizer back to normal operation.

Defect Electrostatic charge on the pump bracket of the IP-Transport Unit.

Solution Installation of the modified pump bracket CM+ 9515561304.


This pump bracket (complete pump unit) is equipped with an electrostatic
discharge (ESD) brush, which prevents from failures caused by electrostatic
charge.

r
.cd
001
4_
10
is 00
_d
55
51

Figure 1: Position of Pump Bracket

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 40


(Type 5155 / 100)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 39
This Field Service Bulletin is related to the PowerHelp
Complaint No.: COM0307110001

Order No.: DD+DIS220.03E

ADC Solo
*1V5Z7S1*
1 piece V5Z7S MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Error message 20E04

Problem Error message 20E04 on display of the digitizer

Reason Incompatibility of the I/V converter on the Photo multiplier and a software
query during start-up in software versions > SOL1108

Workaround Replace the Photo multiplier

printed in Germany 07 / 2003


HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 38
Order No.: DD+DIS221.03E

ADC Solo
*1V5R5P1*
1 piece V5R5P MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

BER-boards with identical MAC-addresses


delivered

printed in Germany 07 / 2003


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS221.03E

1 Problem
Network communication problems with ADC Solo digitizers

2 Reason
BER-boards with same hardware addresses (MAC-address) have been
accidentally installed in ADC Solo digitizers.
The MAC-address has to be unique. Multiple assignment of the same address
can cause network communication problems.

affected Type 5155/100 SN 3107 – 3369


machines Type 5155/105 SN 5021 5078
Type 5155/200 none
Type 5155/205 SN 7065 – 7068
Type 5155/201 SN 9127 – 9162

3 Solution
In case of network communication problems check the BER-board.
To distinguish good BER-boards from faulty ones, please see following page.
In case you have a BER-board with wrong MAC-address replace the BER-
board by a new one.

Please note that the printers Drystar 2000 and Drystar 3000 are also affected
and may cause the above described problem.
Please refer to the dedicated information (FSB) concerning printers.

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 38


(Type 5155 / 100)
DD+DIS221.03E Field Service Bulletin

How to recognize faulty BER-boards

1st possibility visual recognition via the label on the


board:
faulty ones: 203468-0001
good ones: 203468-1

Figure 1: Label on a BER-board with multiple


used MAC-address

2nd possibility Send a ping to the ADC Solo digitizer


and check MAC-address:
• Open Dos-box in Service PC
• Send ping to IP-address of the
digitizer
• Enter arp –a to view the
corresponding MAC-address

Figure 2:

Figure 2: shows the wrong MAC-address for IP-address 10.6.21.104.


The wrong MAC-address always reads 08-00-66-00-01-9d.

No. 38 ADC Solo Chapter 10 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 37
Order No.: DD+DIS209.03E

ADC Solo
*1V42F71*
1 piece V42F7 MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

New Software Version SOL_2101 available

Upgrade to SOL_2101 is a mandatory upgrade!

printed in Germany 07 / 2003


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS209.03E

1 General

SOL_2101 is a mandatory upgrade, as it solves some widespread and


frequently occurring errors.

Order number:
Device Software SOL_2101 CM+9 5155 1090 1

SOL_2101 is installed ex factory on following digitizers:


Type 5155 / 100: SN > 3434
Type 5155 / 105: SN > 5079
Type 5155 / 200/201: SN > 9163

2 Download from MedNet


Device Software SOL_2101 can be downloaded from MedNet as follows:

(1) Open your browser and go to the MedNet CSO Library


(2) Select
Computed Radiology
ADC Solo
CSO Freeware
(3) Select
ADC Solo - Software SOL_2101
(4) Download the attachment file Device Software SOL2101.zip
(5) Unzip Device Software 2101.zip
(6) Copy the contents of the following directories to one floppy each and
label them as described below:

Disk name: Label name:


disk1 Æ SOL2101_1_3
disk2 Æ SOL2101_2_3
disk3 Æ SOL2101_3_3
harddisk formatter Æ no label

How to label a floppy disk:


1. Insert floppy in floppy drive of PC and select floppy drive in Explorer
2. Click right mouse button and select Properties
3. Select tab General and enter required label name

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 37


(Type 5155 / 100)
DD+DIS209.03E Field Service Bulletin

3 Main changes in SOL_2101 compared to SOL_2003

• Workaround to avoid wrong Error Code 247B0


The change will reset the erasure control board in case of a error
message of erasure control board. The error 247B0 is no longer treated
as fatal error, but as warning with info counter entry. (COM010912005)
• Solved Problem with Error Sequence 2060B, 20604, 20605
Under certain network conditions, a transmission error could occur,
which could result in a fragmented image with missing image blocks.
The errors 2060B, 20604 and 20605 were written to the info counters in
this case. (COM0210040032)
• Solved Problem with White Stripe at FLFS Images
When working in full leg / full spine mode, sometimes begin of scan
(BOS) was detected incorrectly, which resulted in a white stripe of about
20 mm at the beginning of the image. (COM0211190017)
• Modified Software Default for IPTable / Now Testing for old IPTable
Version
Image plate sensitivities and erasibilities in ADC Solo are defined by the
table IPTYPES.TBL. This table is generated from ADC.CPF during the
parsing process, which is initiated by the LCD menu selection
“CONFIGURE - Local network ID” or “INSTALL from floppy - CPF-File”.
In the past, all possible values from 0 to 99 have been defined, but only
values below 20 have been used. The image plate type values 20 and
above have now been redefined. To ensure, that ADC Solo always takes
the new definitions, two measures have been taken:
- The software default for image plate type values 20 and
above has been set to invalid.
- Each start-up, after having loaded IPTYPES.TBL, the
software checks the table entry at the position 70. If it
finds the values of the old definition (erasibility=63,
sensitivity=1264), it assumes the complete table to be old
and sets all entries from 20 to 99 to invalid.
This ensures, that old cassettes can be used without any modifications
and that new cassettes with codes between 20 and 99 are rejected with
“UNKNOWN IP_TYPE – Remove cassette, call Service, press confirm”,
as long as the new image plate type table has not been installed via
ADC.CPF.
To allow usage of new image plate types, create a new ADC.CPF,
using CCM tool 1.1.07 or higher, and install it in all ADC digitizers
in the system !

• Solved Reset Problem in Case of Vacuum not Reached


When vacuum was not reached at action ‘take IP after scanning‘, a reset
of the digitizer could occur.

No. 37 ADC Solo Chapter 10 / 3


(Type 5155 / 100)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging > No. 36

Order No.: DD+DIS172.03E

ADC Solo
*1V18LJ1*
1 piece V18LJ MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105
Path Speed CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Centricity CR SP100
Type 5155 / 205

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Communication Errors in Context


with Direct ID / Precheck Function
Symptom
Error messages, associated with communication problems of Direct ID or
Precheck function, may appear while network or digitizer is highly loaded. The
Direct ID or Precheck function becomes instable or system slows down.

Defect
Direct ID and Precheck function require sources of the VME and therefore
generate a basic load on the system.

Solution
Disable Direct ID and Precheck function (see next page) and check if stability
improves. If customer does not use the Direct ID and Precheck function, leave
it disabled.

To follow up the problem refer also to COM0305280022.

printed in Germany 06 / 2003


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS172.03E

Precheck Function
• How to disable Precheck Function:
Enter Key Operator Menu
Fast Preview
Fast Preview ON/OFF
Select Fast Preview disable
Confirm with OK

Direct ID Function
• How to check if Direct ID is enabled:
For Software Version SOL_1407 or higher it is possible to check on the
digitizer whether Direct ID is enabled by performing the following step:
Press one of the two emergency buttons
If the keypad display changes to Direct ID, the Direct ID function is enabled
(see figure below).

BUSY
DIRECT ID

IDENTIFY AT ID STATION
or press to use emergency data

5155_dis205.02_001.cdr

• How to disable Direct ID Function with Software Version < SOL_1407:


(1) Connect to the digitizer via telnet (e.g. telnet 10.6.5.166)
(2) Enter login and password
(3) Enter nve COCXXX00 uses_dirID 0
(4) Reset digitizer

• How to disable Direct ID Function with Software Version > SOL_1407:


(1) Enter Service Menu
(2) Select 6 Configure
(3) Select 3 Direct identification
(4) Select Direct ID off
(5) Confirm with OK

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 36


(Type 5155 / 100/105/200/201/205)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 35
Order No.: DD+DIS131.03E

ADC Solo
*1VW3O41*
1 piece VW3O4 MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Error 22246 displayed after upgrade to


SOL_2003

Symptom
After an upgrade to Software version SOL_2003 or higher error 22246
appears.

Defect
Sub_type parameter is not set correctly.

Solution
Edit parameter value, if it is wrong, and restore the COCXXX00.C00-file
at C: partition.

Edit sub_type as follows:


(1) Insert a floppy disk in floppy disk drive a:\
(2) Copy COCXXX00.C00-file to a:\
(3) Edit and modify the parameter value of sub_type to 100. Only with this
value the System is configured as ADC Solo, any other value generates
error 22246 during start-up.
(4) Connect ADC Solo via telnet and enter command unprot c:\
(5) Copy COCXXX00.C00-file from a:\ to c:\
(6) Reset digitizer

printed in Germany 05 / 2003


HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging > No. 34

Order No.: DD+DIS138.03E

ADC Solo
*1VX94Z1*
1 piece VX94Z MA1
Type 5155 / 100

CR 1000
Type 5155 / 105
Path Speed CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Centricity CR SP100
Type 5155 / 205

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Modified Suction Cups introduced

printed in Germany 05 / 2003


Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS138.03E

Modified Suction Cups

Modified suction cups have been introduced. They show an improved


behavior in transporting IPs.
The former standard suction cups are no longer available.

Order Number: Modified suction cups can be ordered under


CM+9 5155 9240 2
Please note that one package contains two suction cups, incl. mounting
bracket.

Modified suction cup (left) Standard suction cup (right)


Figure 1

The modified suction cups are installed ex factory as of:


Type 5155/100: SN 3183
Type 5155/105: SN 5051
Type 5155/200/201: SN 9151
Type 5155/205: SN 7069

Chapter 10 / 2 ADC Solo No. 34


(Type 5155 / 100)
HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 33
Order No.: DD+DIS081.03E

ADC Solo
*1VW3N21*
1 piece VW3N2 MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Error 0006 appears due to electrostatic


discharge

Symptom
Error 0006 appears sporadically.
Error 0006 message:
Reason: wrong pattern for GLF computation,
Meaning: cannot retrieve the ‘teeth’,
Cure: use right testsheet.

Defect
Electrostatic discharge at transport unit can cause that error.

Solution
Refer to FSB No. 31 (DD+DIS058.03E) to apply insulating tape and install
digitizer Software SOL_2003 or higher.
This solution was tested at one site in France for more than two months
without an error.

printed in Germany 04 / 2003


HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 32
Order No.: DD+DIS072.03E

ADC Solo
*1VTPXD1*
1 piece VTPXD MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 /200

Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 /201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in section 10 of your technical documentation

Contact of Relay at Erasure Control


Board may cause Errors

Symptom
The following error messages appear frequently:
Error 24727, 24728, 24729, 2472A, 2472B
Display message: Erasure lamps 1 and 6 blown, erasure lamps 2 and 7
blown, etc.

Defect
Error occurs due to contact problems of a relay at the Erasure Control Board.

Solution
Replacement of Erasure Control Board.

Affected SN may be for Type 100: 3022 to 3057


Type 200: is not affected
Type 201: 9021 to 9125

Problem is solved from SN 3058 and SN 9126 on in production. For these


serial numbers there is no replacement necessary in the field.

printed in Germany 03 / 2003


HEALTHCARE Field Service Bulletin
Imaging >
No. 31
Order No.: DD+DIS058.03E

ADC Solo
*1VPUBQ1*
1 piece VPUBQ MA1
Type 5155 / 100

Path Speed CR SP1001


Type 5155 / 200
Centricity CR SP1001
Type 5155 / 201

Rating When?
safety new next as
relevant reliability function immediately service required
X X

Please file this document in chapter 10 of your technical documentation

Apply insulating tape and install


SOL_2003 to avoid errors 2247C
and 22481

Symptom
Errors 2247C and 22481 occur frequently.

Error code 2247C: Timeout of stepper drive clamping at cassette module.


Error code 22481: Timeout of stepper drive opener at cassette module.

Defect
Electrostatic charged cassettes discharge if touching metal axis of IP transport
unit and may cause sporadic errors.

Solution